SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA TRANSPORTATION …Feb 17, 2017 · The Work of this Contract provides for the canopy replacement and general station improvements at the SEPTA Wyndmoor Station.

SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY 1234 MARKET STREET, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19107

SPECIFICATION FOR THE WYNDMOOR STATION RENOVATION

APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: ___________________________ ____________________________ AGM AGM System Safety Division EM&C Division APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: ___________________________ ____________________________ Chief Railroad Transportation Officer Chief Engineer Operations Division EM&C Division APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: ___________________________ _____________________________ Director of Engineering Chief Engineering officer Bridges and Buildings Department Bridges and Buildings Department APPROVED BY: APPROVED BY: ___________________________ ___________________________ Manager of Architectural Engineering Manager of Structural Engineering Bridges and Buildings Department Bridges and Buildings Department ORIGINATOR: _____________________________ Bridges and Buildings Department DATE: JANUARY 27, 2017 WORK ORDER # 1AD-1003

Table of Contents TOC-1

WYNDMOOR STATION RENOVATION SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01025 MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY 01065 RAILROAD SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 01100 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01200 PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS 01300 SUBMITTALS 01305 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01505 MOBILIZATION 01570 MAINT & PROTECTION OF VEHICLES, PEDESTRIANS, PASSENGERS 01590 FIELD OFFICE 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 FINAL CLEANING 01720 PROJECT AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK 02050 DEMOLITION DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 03100 CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03932 CONCRETE REPAIR DIVISION 4 – MASONRY 04902 STONE MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING DIVISION 5 – METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6 – WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07522 COLD APPLIED SBS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 07570 PLATFORM COATINGS 07710 MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES 07920 JOINT SEALANTS

Table of Contents TOC-2

DIVISION 8 – DOORS AND WINDOWS 08210 EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS DOORS 08510 STEEL WINDOWS DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 09190 ANTI GRAFFITI COATING 09900 PAINTS AND COATINGS DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 10430 PANEL SIGNAGE DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13280 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT DOCUMENT 3004 13258 LEAD PAINT REMOVAL DOCUMENT 3001 13342 GLASS BLOCK INFILL PANELS ATTACHMENTS: LEAD BASED PAINT TESTING ASBESTOS INVESTIGATION REPORT

January, 2017 Wyndmoor Station Renovation FINAL

Summary of Work 01010-1

SECTION 01010

SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The Work of this Contract provides for the canopy replacement and general station improvements at the SEPTA Wyndmoor Station. Scope of work items include: - Construct temporary wood emergency egress stairs at south ends of platforms. - Repair concrete cracks and spalls on platforms, stairwells, and exterior stone walls. - Remove existing windscreens at platforms and stairwells and replace with new steel infill

panels. - Install glass block windscreen at inbound ramp. - Repair steel column bases and provide rust plates. - Construct new concrete base around all columns. - Construct new curb at back edge of platforms. - Prep and paint existing structural steel throughout station. - Replace stairwell roofs in their entirety. - Replace handrails. - Construct new concrete curbs at stairwells. - Prep and paint iron guard and hand rails at ramp. - Repair outbound waiting room concrete floor and point stone walls. - Install new service door in outbound waiting room. - Replace all windows and doors at inbound station building. - Prep and paint existing iron window guards. - Prep and paint all wood trim around windows and doors. - Repair existing street level canopy at inbound station building. - Repair existing outbound parking lot entrance canopy. - Repair, prep, and paint inbound and outbound retaining walls. - Apply new floor coating at inbound and outbound platforms. - Install new station wide signage

1.02 RELATED WORK Section 01025 Measurement and Payment

Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01065 Railroad Safety Requirements Section 01300 Submittals Section 01400 Quality Requirements

1.03 QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The contractor will assume responsibility for executing a quality control and quality assurance program. This program’s basic form will be specified in his Quality Control Plan as submitted under Section 01400 and will include the tests & inspections called for in the technical sections



of the specifications. The contractor shall be responsible for requiring all subcontractors and suppliers to adhere to his quality assurance program and participate in quality assurance activities.

B. If a project is governed by “Buy America” requirements, SEPTA will require documentation to confirm the country of origin of all applicable products and materials. Each prime contractor is responsible for communicating Buy America requirements to his subcontractors and suppliers. The lack of sufficient documentation may be grounds for rejecting a product or material.

C. Quality activities will be documented by the contractor. SEPTA may audit the contractor’s quality assurance and quality control activities. The contractor will make his and his subcontractor’s, applicable documentation available to SEPTA.

D. The contractor, and their subcontractors, is required to cooperate fully with testing and inspection activities carried out by SEPTA and its agents. The contractor will provide the SEPTA PM with adequate (as determined by the SEPTA PM) notification, for all activities which require testing and/or inspection. For all inspections and testing required by code, work may not proceed until this testing and inspection has been completed.

E. Once a product or material has been accepted through the Submittal process, no substitution of this material or product will be allowed without resubmitting it following the provisions of Section 01300. SEPTA reserves the right to require removal of any non-reviewed material and product.

1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Furnish all materials, tools, equipment, supervision, administration and transportation, and perform all labor and services necessary to furnish, deliver, construct, install, connect and/or to interconnect and test as required to complete all work described in the Specifications and indicated in the Contract Drawings. The contractor shall be aware of, and be familiar with, the responsibilities and work of all sub-contractors.

B. The contractor is responsible for securing and paying for all necessary permits and approvals

required to complete the work. No work may commence on site without securing and paying for the necessary approvals including but not limited to:

1. Permits 2. Governmental Fees 3. Licenses 4. Other add appropriate reviews and approvals,

C. SEPTA Notification

1. Give written notices necessary for, and incidental to, the due and lawful prosecution of the Work.

2. Provide 5 days notification to SEPTA for all construction work which requires observation, testing and/or testing.

3. Notify the Project Manager at least 5 days in advance of the date the individual construction stages will be fully complete and ready for inspection.



4. Notify the Project Manager at least 5 days in advance of the date the entire work will be substantially complete and ready for inspection.

5. Notify the Project Manager at least 5 days in advance of the date the entire work will be complete and ready for final acceptance inspection

D. Utility Notification

Known existing utilities may be indicated on the Contract Drawings but the contractor may not interpret this information as either complete or accurate. Regardless of those shown on the drawings, the contractor must identify and verify the location of all existing utilities prior to working by following applicable regulations and procedures, such as contacting the PA One Call system and asking SEPTA personnel to identify utilities at the site.

The contractor shall determine ownership of all utilities and notify utility owners prior to intended start work date. Deliver a copy of this notice to the Project Manager within 48 hours of the submittal of the notification.

E. Protection and Repair of the Work and Adjacent Property

1. Prior to the commencement of Work, the contractor and the SEPTA Project Manager shall examine the site and document the condition of all areas not intended to be changed by the project. Depending on the scope of work, this may include features such as sidewalks, driveways, roadways and adjacent facilities.

2. The contractor must repair any damage to property caused, directly or indirectly, by the actions of the contractor to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM (and property owner if the damage is to [property not owned by SEPTA) and at no cost to SEPTA

3. Until Final Acceptance of the Work by SEPTA, the Contractor(s) shall be responsible for maintaining the executed work in its finished condition as determined by the SEPTA PM. All work shall be restored to its finished condition prior to final acceptance at no expense to SEPTA.

F. Contractor’s Field Staff

1. The Superintendent shall have demonstrated competency in the Work particularly in the areas of roof demolition and construction, window and door replacements, and concrete and masonry.

2. Safety Officer: The Contractor shall assign a designated on-site Safety Officer. The Superintendent may perform the duties of the Safety Officer in addition to their own. The presence of the Safety Officer at the site is mandatory while work is being performed.

3. Quality Manager: The Contractor shall assign a Quality Manager for the duration of the work. The Superintendent may perform the duties of the Quality Manager in addition to their own. For a definition of the responsibilities of this position see section 01400.

4. Project Coordinator (if required)

The Project Coordinator shall coordinate the prosecution of the Work with sub-contractors, public utilities, governmental bodies, SEPTA Operations, and other contractors having



access; The Project Coordinator will be responsible to either eliminate or minimize, as possible, delays in the Work and conflicts with those utilities, governmental bodies and contractors. This coordination may include preparation of diagrams and delivery schedules, and control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activity through project closeout and warranty periods.

5. Staff Qualifications

The work of this contract requires specified experience in description of the specialized work of the contract. The positions referenced above are considered key personnel and the review of their resumes and experience is a responsibility requirement under paragraph 4d 6) of the Instructions to Bidders. The lowest bidder shall furnish SEPTA with the resumes for the people who will hold the above positions within five (5) days of receipt of SEPTA’s written request. If, in the course of the work, these individuals are proposed to be replaced by the Contractor and/or SEPTA deems that their work is no longer satisfactory, the terms of the Paragraph VIII K of the Agreement will be invoked.

G. SEPTA Construction Sustainability Policies SEPTA has adopted a series of sustainability policies which it expects its contractors to follow. These include but are not limited to the following:

1. Building Site Waste Management - Within 10 days of Notice To Proceed, and before any site work begins, the contractor shall submit a building site waste management plan. The plan shall specify which site debris shall be recycled, reused or otherwise diverted. The goal of this plan shall be to reuse or salvage 75% of the land clearing debris including rock, trees, stumps and associated vegetation and 100% of excavated soils. Any materials which are disposed of off-site must meet all applicable regulations and be specifically approved by the SEPTA project manager. For material which is disposed of off-site, the contractor will be responsible for chain of custody documentation.

2. Material and Waste Management – Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and before any site work begins, the contractor shall submit a construction material and waste management plan. The plan shall specify which construction and demolition materials shall be recycled, reused or otherwise diverted. The goal of this plan shall be to divert 50% of nonhazardous materials and waste (measured by weight or volume) from landfills unless the local municipality has designated a greater amount.

3. Sustainability documentation – All sustainability strategies which are fulfilled by the contractor’s actions must be documented to the satisfaction of the SEPTA project manager.

1.05 SEPTA RESPONSIBILITIES



A. SEPTA shall, furnish free of charge to the Contractor, 3 complete hard sets of the Contract Documents including full size Contract Drawings, Specifications and Addenda, and/or conformed Contract Documents. Contractor will also be provided these documents in electronic format. Additional copies are available from Project Manager at cost of reproduction.

B. SEPTA Force Account will provide Electric Traction support. Power will be taken out

accordingly depending on the phase of the project. SEPTA Force Account will provide a full time on-site construction manager acting on behalf of SEPTA

1.06 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF WORKSITE

A. Site availability and access to worksite

1. The Contractor(s) shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, and permits.

2. Keep existing driveways, entrances and exits serving the site, and facilities on the site, clear and available at all times, except as otherwise specified.

3. The contractor shall not interfere with SEPTA or public circulation by the storage or staging of equipment or material. SEPTA reserves the right to require the contractor to relocate equipment or material immediately and at any time even if the current location has been previously approved.

4. Keep the predefined portions of the worksite available for the SEPTA's operations during the construction period as noted in the construction phasing plan and other submittals. SEPTA reserves the right to take control of any part of the work at any time without prior notice.

5. The contractor shall obtain all street permits/lane closures/etc. in order to properly set up the worksite.

B. Storage of materials and equipment and deterring vandalism

1. Consider the safety of the Work and that of people and property on and adjacent to the worksite, when determining amount, location, movement, installation, and use of materials and equipment on worksite. All storage and staging areas must be approved by the SEPTA PM.

2. Do not load finished Work with equipment and products that would endanger the integrity of the finished Work

3. Move stored products as often as necessary if it interferes with foreseeable operations of SEPTA, public and private utilities, and other Contractors at no additional expense to SEPTA. Security of stored materials shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility. Secure additional storage and work areas if needed for construction operations at no additional expense to SEPTA.

4. The contractor shall take precautions to prevent vandals from placing loose construction debris, supplies and equipment into positions that might foul the track or otherwise interfere with the operation of SEPTA vehicles. These steps shall include, but not be



limited to, securing movable items, like construction fencing and scaffolding, and storing debris and material in fenced & locked enclosures.

5. Failure to take adequate steps may result in the contractor having to go to the job site and secure these materials during non-construction hours, at no cost to SEPTA. SEPTA will hold the contractor responsible for any damage or injury caused, or contributed to, by failure to take these precautions effectively

C. Protection of the public & SEPTA

1. Protection the general public and SEPTA operations from construction-related activities shall always have the highest priority. Any work on streets or access ways which could affect traffic or pedestrian access must receive prior approval by SEPTA and other agencies as required by law. Conduct work on streets and access ways on SEPTA property in a manner, which will ensure that pedestrian and vehicular traffic will either not be obstructed or obstructed to the least possible degree. Employ appropriately trained and authorized flagmen where required by ordinance or to create a safe job site.

D. Construction operations requiring SEPTA service interruptions and/or utility interruptions must

meet the following requirements:

1. Should any temporary disruption of SEPTA's operations and/or use of the electric, water or telephone utilities at such site be necessary, it will be undertaken only pursuant to reasonable notices (not less than 5 days) given to the Project Manager and shall not continue beyond the previously agreed-upon period, without further written concurrence from SEPTA.

1.07 SEPTA OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS

A. Holiday Service - SEPTA will prohibit service shut downs, and diversions on certain Holidays

and Holiday weekends. Holidays include Memorial Day weekend, the Welcome America Celebration one week before the Fourth of July weekend, the Fourth of July (and the Fourth of July weekend, if applicable), and Labor Day weekend. Outages, shutdowns and diversions shall not be permitted during the “Holiday Season” which is defined as the period starting 5:01 am on the Wednesday before Thanksgiving Day until January 2, inclusive.

B. SEPTA reserves the right to return any track to service without prior notification at any time and make other adjustments as needed to facilitate operations.

1.08 WORK SEQUENCE AND CONSTRUCTION PHASING

A. The work sequence for the project is as follows:

1. Phase 1 – Construct temporary wood emergency egress stairs at south ends of platforms. Shut down north section of platforms, outbound north stair, and inbound ramp. Scope items include column repairs, painting, guardrail install, and reconstruction of canopies at inbound ramp and outbound stair.

2. Phase 2 – Shut down south section of platforms, outbound south stair, inbound south stair, and tunnel. Station building to remain open. Provide scaffolding/fencing/barricades



as required to protect public from work. Scope items include column repairs, painting, guardrail install, reconstruction of stair canopies, outbound waiting room, outbound canopy roof replacement, door and window replacement at station building.

3. Phase 3 – Repair inbound parking lot canopy, install new windows and doors, and repoint stone as required around station building.

B. The actual construction activities interfering with SEPTA operations and passenger movement

shall not begin until:

1. The Contractor provides a written Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP) to SEPTA indicating impact to passenger flow and SEPTA operations. Such plan shall include remedial solutions acceptable to SEPTA.

2. The plan is approved in writing by SEPTA. Contractor shall be responsible for revision

and resubmittal of the plan until it is approved by SEPTA.

3. An SSWP for the overall job and also for each specific phase to will be submitted to SEPTA for review and approval. SSWP will be submitted at the beginning of the job and then intermittently throughout the job at the beginning of each phase.

C. If the plan calls for the contractor to gain access to track or facilities, operational constraints

may delay actual occupancy, or require the contractor to give up occupancy early, for a period usually not exceeding one hour.

D. Before starting work on a construction phase, the Contractor may submit a written request to

SEPTA to amend or adjust the phasing plan. 1.09 SEPTA OCCUPANCY AND USE A. Portions of the Work may be placed in operation by SEPTA in advance of the completion of all

Work. Occupancy and/or utilization of parts of the Work by SEPTA will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for proper integrated completion of all parts of the Work, nor shall it act to relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities under the Contract Documents for warranty of the Work.

1.12 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. The existing conditions represented in the Contract Drawings are based on the best available information obtained from one or any combination of the following sources: field survey, as-built documents, reference drawings, and/or visual investigation.

B. The contractor is responsible for verifying the conditions presented. If verified conditions are close to those represented on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall, in addition to reporting the verification to the Project Manager, proceed with the Work at no additional cost to SEPTA. If conditions are significantly different to those presented on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall, in addition to reporting the verification to the Project Manager, submit a detailed scheme and associated cost for completing the required work for review and



comment. The Contractor shall allow 5 days for review and comment.

C. The Contract Documents establish specific criteria and standards of performance. The Contractor shall use its discretion to determine means of compliance and is responsible for coordinating with other Contractors at the site in order to achieve compliance.

END OF SECTION 01010


Measurement and Payment 01025-1

SECTION 01025

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section specifies general requirements for measurement of quantities and schedule of values required to process payment applications according to the provisions set forth in the Agreement.

B. Provide a detailed breakdown of the Contract Sum showing values allocated to each of the

various parts of the Work, as specified herein, and as required by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

1.02 RELATED WORK: Exhibit III of the Agreement 1.03 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES

A. The Work performed under the Contract will not be measured, except to establish percentage of completion for each value line payment item.

1.04 SCOPE OF PAYMENT

A. Payment for work performed under the Contract will be paid in accordance with the agreement, for the:

Wyndmoor Station Renovation Complete in place and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Obtain SEPTA’S approval of the schedule of values at least 15 calendar days prior to applying

for the first payment. B. During progress of the Work, including any change order work, modify the Schedule of Values,

as required, and as approved by SEPTA. C. Provide data, including detailed bid preparation documents to substantiate each line item on

the Schedule of Values. 1.06 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS

Submit a schedule of values in accordance with the requirements specified in the Agreement.



Cutting and Patching 01045-1

SECTION 01045

CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: This section covers general requirements pertaining to cutting, fitting, and patching of the work required to:

1. Make the installation fit properly in an existing or new structure; 2. Uncover work to inspect hidden conditions and then patch. 3. Remove and replace non-conforming or otherwise defective work. 4. Repair holes and cracks caused by removal of existing or new but misplaced accessories

and equipment. 1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01300 Submittals Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01600 Materials and Equipment

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Prior to cutting or modifying any element, submit written a request to the SEPTA Project Manager for permission to proceed with any demolition, cutting or patching.

B. The SEPTA PM may require the contractor to submit a detailed plan, at least 10 business days in advance of the desired date of the work, with any or all of the following information:

1. Explanation of why this work is needed. 2. Extant of work and how adjacent work will be protected and blended in at the work’s

conclusion. 3. Modifications to existing structural components including stamped calculations and

drawings by a licensed engineer. 4. Products and methods to be used in the work. 5. Schedule of when the work is to be done. 6. Utilities (both SEPTA and non-SEPTA) affected by the work. 7. At historical locations, specific procedures which will mitigate the impact of the cutting

and patching on the historical integrity of the structure.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the



methods needed for proper performance of the Work of this Section. B. Provide a plan for the inspecting/testing of all modified structural components to ensure

structural integrity is maintained. This plan shall be stamped by a structural engineer and submitted to the SEPTA PM.

C. The SEPTA PM reserves the right to require an approved mock-up for any cutting and

patching work prior to execution of the entire work.

1.05 RESTRICTIONS

A. Structural elements shall not be cut or patched in a manner that would reduce the load carrying capacity or load deflection ratio. All processes which affect structural members must be sealed by a licensed engineer and submitted to SEPTA for review before work begins.

B. Operating elements or safety related components shall not be cut or patched in a manner that

would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

C. Construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces shall not be cut or patched in a

manner that would, in the opinion of the SEPTA Project Manager, reduce the building elements’ aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. The responsible Contractor shall remove and replace work cut and patched in a manner deemed to be visually unsatisfactory by the SEPTA Project Manager.

D. Dispose of all waste in a legal manner following all local codes and regulations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Except as otherwise indicated in the contract documents or approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, provide materials for cutting and patching which will result in equal or better work than work being cut-and-patched, in terms of performance characteristics and including visual effect where applicable.

B. Use materials identical with original materials where feasible and satisfactory results can be produced subject to review by the SEPTA PM. If original materials are unavailable, use materials which match appearance and match or exceed performance of the original material as interpreted by the SEPTA PM.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION

A. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, patching, and backfilling.



B. Provide temporary support before uncovering any hidden conditions. See 3.02 below. C. After uncovering existing conditions, inspect conditions affecting installation of new work,

including the suitability of all substrates to receive new material. 3.02 HAZARDOUS AND DANGEROUS CONDITIONS

A. If, during the preliminary inspection and/or the cutting and patching procedure, material of a suspicious nature is discovered, the contractor shall stop work in the vicinity immediately, abandon, isolate and mark the area, erect signs saying Do Not Enter and alert the SEPTA PM immediately.

B. If, during the preliminary inspection and/or the cutting and patching procedure, the safety of

the structure appears to be endangered, or there appears to be movement in structural elements, the contractor shall stop work immediately, install bracing, and mark the area, erect signs saying Do Not Enter and alert the SEPTA PM immediately.

3.03 DISCREPANCIES

A. If uncovered conditions are inconsistent with the construction documents, immediately notify the SEPTA Project Manager and secure needed direction.

B. Do not proceed until undocumented conditions are resolved and the SEPTA PM gives

direction. 3.04 TEMPORARY SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

A. Provide adequate temporary support to prevent instability of Work to be cut. Do not endanger adjacent Work.

B. Provide adequate protection of the work, including adjacent areas during cutting and patching, to prevent damage, and to protect from adverse weather exposure.

C. Where services and utilities are to be affected by cutting and patching work, attempt to bypass

to avoid interruption or obtain prior approval for this work. 3.05 PERFORMANCE

A. Perform required excavation and backfilling in accordance with the pertinent sections of the Specification and in conformance with all safety regulations and requirements.

B. Cut work in a matter which avoids damage to work to be retained and adjoining work. Where physical cutting is required, cut Work with sawing and grinding tools maintaining a neat straight finished edge. Core drill openings through concrete and masonry work. Cut from exposed finishes through to unexposed material

C. Obtain prior approval for all equipment to be used and all demolition procedures. Do not cut



with hammer and chipping tools. Use water and adequate ventilation to control dust.

D. Do not cut mechanical or electrical equipment or conduit without determining status of equipment with certainty and consulting with the appropriate contractor. Never assume equipment or conduit is abandoned without establishing its status. Cap or seal piping, ductwork and conduit to prevent moisture from entering.

E. Patch seams to be durable and invisible to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM. Restore

exposed finished or patched areas in a manner to eliminate evidence of patching.

F. Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety.

G. Where new or enlarged doorways or openings are shown in existing construction, take the

necessary precaution to support the walls above the openings and install new steel lintels above the openings. Where the wall finish is plaster or CMU, reinforced precast block lintels may be used where approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. New wall materials shall be toothed into existing wall materials. New metal frames shall be anchored and grouted identically to what is required for all new work.

H. If existing utilities, pipes, and/or conduits must be relocated by any contractor; the affected

contractor shall install by-pass services of quality equal to the existing system prior to beginning the work subject to the approval of the SEPTA PM.

I. When painting patched areas, continue painted area to a visual barrier such as an expansion

joint, edge of material, corner or other joint. Obtain approval for paint color matches on a mock-up which, if approved by the SEPTA PM, may become part of the work.

J. At exterior locations, test all patches to determine if they create a water tight condition.

3.06 CLEANING

A. Before an area is turned back to SEPTA for use, thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work has been performed or used as access to work.

B. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar fixtures before painting or other finishing is

applied. C. Restore items suffering incidental damaged, such as pipe covering and miscellaneous

finishes, to their original condition.



Regulatory Requirements and Safety 01060-1

SECTION 01060

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND SAFETY

Valid from 07/01/14 PART 1 - SAFETY 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies the safety & environmental requirements for contractor personnel

involved in construction, maintenance, and rehabilitation projects on SEPTA property. The Contractor is required to assure that all employees, subcontractors, and suppliers/vendors, while on the Work site comply with the provisions of this Section.

B. At those facilities to remain in operation during construction, or are adjacent to SEPTA right or

way, the Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to assure the safe access and egress of all SEPTA customers and employees, the safe and continuous operation of all SEPTA vehicles, ensure the appropriate protection of the environment as well as the safety and general welfare of the public at large. Depending on the configuration of the project, the contractor may be responsible for providing temporary pedestrian access including access which is accessible to those with disabilities. Under no circumstances is the contractor to block or restrict public or SEPTA entrances or the SEPTA vehicle right of way without prior written approval of the SEPTA Project Manager.

1.02 RELATED WORK Include all applicable sections

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01065 Railroad Division Safety Requirements

Section 01100 Special Project Procedures Section 01300 Submittals

Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01570 Maintenance and Protection of Vehicles, Pedestrian and Passengers 1.03 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the Contractor’s project/site specific safety plan (and corporate program if referenced) and protocols to the Project Manager within 30 days from receipt of the Notice to Proceed. The SEPTA Project Manager may prohibit and/or restrict any work on site until this plan has been received and approved. If these specifications call for certification or licenses from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, it is understood that certification or licensure shall be from the state where the work is occurring and in



the case of work in multiple states, then licensure from multiple states may be required.


A. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the regulations of all applicable occupational safety and health statutes and regulations of all of the applicable political jurisdictions where the work is being performed including those relating to the U.S. Department of Labor, FRA, FTA, and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards. The Contractor shall conduct daily monitoring and document the compliance and performance of the requirements set forth in this document and those required by applicable governmental agencies. This documentation will be based on the applicable code requirements and shall be made available upon request of the SEPTA PM.

B. SEPTA Project Managers (SEPTA PM), Authority employees, and SEPTA’s third party

consultant staff will monitor compliance with all applicable internal safety and environmental regulations and environmental contract specifications.

C. The Contractor’s employee safety program, which must be site specific, shall include but not be limited to the following (as applicable):

1) Work Site Orientation

a. Safety and health hazards present in the work assignment and the general work area.

2) OSHA - written programs applicable to scope of work.

3) Required training, licensing or certification, and documentation of same

4) Workers’ Compensation Reporting

5) Fall Protection equipment and requirements

6) Personal Protective Equipment

7) Confined Space Procedures

8) Hazardous Materials Handling and Disposal

9) Trenching and Excavation including shoring and sheeting

10) Cranes

11) Electrical Protection

12) Drug and Alcohol prohibitions and testing

13) Public, SEPTA Employee, and Passenger Protection

14) Site Emergency Procedures and Contact Information

a. Emergency contact numbers

b. Emergency escape routes and evacuation meeting place.



15) Nearest hospital including directions from the site with route maps

D. The Contractor shall provide a designated qualified safety officer who shall be responsible for all safety-related activities until the completion of the Work. The Contractor is also responsible for all safety related activities for all their subcontractors and suppliers working at the work site.

E. The safety officer shall report all on-the-job injuries at once to the SEPTA Project Manager and submit all paperwork pertaining to such injuries, within 24 hours or as required by the SEPTA PM.

F. The Contractor's safety officer shall, as a minimum hold weekly (tool box) safety meetings

with all of the Contractor’s personnel. Subjects, time, and location may be set at the Contractor's convenience. At least three (3) days prior to each meeting, SEPTA requires an agenda be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager, including the time and location of each meeting. Copies of signed attendance sheets and the meeting minutes shall be submitted to the Project Manager at each regularly-scheduled project coordination meeting.

G. The Contractor is required, by Agreement, to maintain an alcohol and drug free environment.

The Contractor shall describe in their employee safety program on how this contract stipulation is to be accomplished and maintained. Please note that SEPTA reserves the right to restrict access to its property, because of the inherent safety hazard to its employees and general public. Any person shall be immediately removed and barred from SEPTA property if in the opinion of SEPTA’s Project Manager, and/or other appropriate SEPTA representative, that person constitutes a safety risk.

1.05 GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall supply and furnish all required personal protective equipment (PPE) for

their employees. The Contractor is also responsible for ensuring that PPE is worn correctly by all employees while on the work site. The Contractor’s employees shall wear compliant safety equipment including, but not limited to, hard hats, work shoes/boots, safety vests, safety glasses, and fully body cover clothing, including flame retardant (FR) clothing where and when it is required.

1. The minimum PPE standards must be met as outlined below:

a. Hard hats shall be ANSI-Z89.1 2003, Class E. Hard hats shall be worn at all times while on the work site.

b. Work shoes (ASTM 2413-11 C75 / I75) shall have non-slip soles. Permanent

metal plates or cleats on the sole or heel of shoes are prohibited. Shoelaces are to be kept short so they do not pose a tripping hazard. Athletic shoes, sandals, open-toed shoes, moccasins and/or shoes with heels higher than 1” are not permitted.



c. Contractor personnel shall wear eye protection at all times on the work site. Eye protection shall be safety glasses with rigid side shields that comply with ANSI Z-87.1. Prescription eyewear shall also meet the same requirements as described above, or the individual shall wear equivalent eye protection over their prescription glasses or contact lenses.

d. The safety vest shall be ANSI 107, Class 2 high-visibility with a yellow-green

background and 2-inch retro-reflective striping for work on SEPTA owned property within any public right-of-way, where exposed to vehicular traffic, or otherwise required by rules or regulations. Work in Amtrak territory requires the use of an orange vest subject to approval by Amtrak.

e. The Contractor’s personnel shall wear long pants (without cuffs) and, at a

minimum, short sleeve shirts. Sleeveless shirts are prohibited.

f. Approved hearing protection shall be worn in all designated areas identified by signs or when operating high noise level equipment. The contractor is responsible for providing acceptable hearing protection for their employees as outlined in OSHA 29 CFR 1910.95.

g. The Contractor is responsible for providing acceptable respiratory protection for their employees as outlined in OSHA 29 CFR 1926.103.

h. Gloves shall be worn where hand injuries are likely to occur based on the hazard present.

B. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and provide protective measures to prevent injury to the public and damage to property of others. To prevent unauthorized access to the work zone and storage areas, the Contractor shall furnish and erect construction fencing or barricades and signage, as specified in the contract documents or as directed by the SEPTA PM, for the safeguarding of the public against accident or damage before commencing operations. The Contractor shall maintain the protective measures and/or construction fencing in good condition as evaluated by the SEPTA PM, until removal.

C. The Contractor shall dismantle, remove and/or relocate construction fencing and barricades

when directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.

D. The Contractor must ensure personnel, including subcontractors and vendors, receive the required SEPTA (and Amtrak or other railroad if applicable) Safety Training for the affected mode(s) before starting work. This covers the rules and procedures for personnel and equipment including but not limited to, working in or about stations, yards, tunnels, or adjacent to the track right-of-way. All personnel who are present at the job site at any time must have this training. All personnel are required to wear / display their safety training card.

E. The Contractor is required to comply with OSHA’s Noise Standard 29 CFR 1910.95 and any



local noise ordinances.

F. Where it is permitted to store materials on streets, the Contractor shall place such materials in a secured place in accordance with local jurisdictions so as to cause minimum obstruction to traffic and public safety. The Contractor shall not place materials within 15 feet of fire hydrants nor obstruct drainage gutters and inlets. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required permits relative to materials storage.

G. Material stored on site must be secured to prevent vandals from placing debris or material on

the right-of-way. Material placed on the right of way must be removed by the contractor immediately upon notification, at any time, at no cost to SEPTA. At no time shall any merchandise, material, or other articles be permitted to remain piled or assembled on the ground or on platforms adjacent to any track at a distance of less than ten feet, (10'-0") from the center line of such track.

H. Copies of Safety Data Sheets (SDS) and the quantity of each chemical must be provided to the SEPTA Project Manager for review and approval before chemicals can be brought to any SEPTA property. The SDS will be reviewed by SEPTA’s System Safety and Risk Management Department for approval.

I. All SDS must comply with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200. In addition, all Contractors must be trained per the Hazard Communication Standard. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining all SDS used at the work site.

J. The storage of hazardous and flammable materials on SEPTA property is restricted and permission for each material must be granted by the SEPTA Project Manager. When storing flammable and hazardous materials and hazardous waste, they must be stored in compliance with all applicable regulations. Flammable materials shall not be stored in confined spaces or other similar areas such as tunnels, underground rooms and building basements.

K. If hazardous substances are present, such as wastes, or if the potential for a hazardous release exists, the Contractor is responsible for following their Site Safety Plan covering policies and procedures to protect workers and the public from the potential hazards.

L. Firearms or any items classified as concealed weapons will not be brought onto SEPTA’s property.

M. All tobacco use is prohibited within the construction project and all areas subject to restrictions by SEPTA or by local, state and federal law. Smoking within SEPTA indoor facilities is prohibited.

N. The Contractor may not block or obstruct access to emergency equipment such as first aid kits, AED units, eyewash stations, fire extinguishing equipment, fire hydrants, transformers, or emergency generators. Emergency equipment must not be disconnected or relocated by the Contractor without permission from SEPTA’s Project Manager.



O. All electronic devices must be turned OFF or placed in airplane mode when working within the

fouling envelope of the right of way. If an individual must make a phone call, they must first step outside the fouling envelope of the right of way to make or receive the call or otherwise use an electronic device. The contractor and his personnel are libel for all fines assessed by the Federal and/or state regulators for a violation of this regulation. Violation of this regulation can result in the individual being prohibited from working on the project.

P. The use of head phones, ear buds, etc. are prohibited while in a construction area.

1.06 ACCIDENT AND INJURY REPORTING

A. The Contractor is responsible for reporting and investigating all work related accidents and incidents. This shall be completed in a timely manner with recommendations for corrective actions to prevent similar accidents or incidents. Accidents and incidents include:

a. Personal Injury b. Property Damage c. Near Misses d. Actual or potential exposure to toxic substances e. Hazardous material spills and releases f. Fires

B. The Contractor must notify the SEPTA Project Manager for all accidents and incidents that

occur on SEPTA property immediately. C. SEPTA reserves the right to conduct an independent investigation of all accidents and

incidents that occur on the work site with the full cooperation of the contractor, subcontractor and employees.

D. At accident locations where conditions are immediately dangerous to life and health, work shall be suspended until corrective actions are taken to the satisfaction of the appropriate SEPTA representative.

1.07 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall set up emergency procedures and prepare written guidelines discussing

such procedures for the following categories: 1. Fire 2. Injury to contractor’s and/or SEPTA employees 3. Injury to general public



4. Property damage, including property of utilities, i.e., gas, water, sewage, electrical, telephone or pedestrian and vehicle routes.

5. Hazardous/toxic material spill, discharges and/or exposure.

6. Site evacuation.

B. Copies of all guidelines for emergency procedures shall be written and posted prior to the initiation of actual construction. Posting shall include emergency telephone numbers and directions to and from the nearest hospital. The Contractor shall have standing arrangements for the transportation and hospital treatment of any employees who may be injured, are exposed to hazardous material, or who may become ill. These guidelines shall be included in the Contractor's written safety program and shall be submitted to SEPTA.

C. The Contractor shall provide a fully equipped first aid kit at the site. This kit will be made

available to the SEPTA PM for their inspection and approval at any time. D. The Contractor must discuss site emergency procedures at the beginning of the project, with

the addition of a new worker to the site, and at least monthly with all personnel at tool box safety meetings. Any changes to the work site emergency procedures must be documented and employees, vendors and the SEPTA Project Manager notified.

E. SEPTA operational emergencies will be handled by the senior SEPTA Operations personnel present. This individual, designated “The Incident Commander” is responsible for summoning the number of persons required by the situation and assignment of all recommended procedures.

1.08 PROTECTION OF SEPTA FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall be cognizant of and bound by SEPTA's safety rules and regulations

specified herein and conduct operations in strict accordance with same.

B. SEPTA shall be the sole judge of protection necessary for the safe operation of its facilities. SEPTA reserves the right to alter this protection at any time.

C. SEPTA’s Facilities and/or Structures shall not be utilized by the Contractor for temporary

scaffolding and/or support for the construction effort without permission. A Contractor may request SEPTA’s consideration for such action. The Contractor shall provide a detailed plan to utilize SEPTA’s Facilities and/or Structures. The plans will be submitted for SEPTA’s review and approval prior to the initiation of any work. SEPTA also reserves the right to have the drawings and supporting calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or appropriate jurisdiction, at no cost to SEPTA.

D. Before any work is done in the vicinity of an existing structure, SEPTA must be notified and

may require a plan for stabilizing and underpinning the structure prepared and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in Pennsylvania, or appropriate jurisdiction, at no expense to SEPTA.



1.09 CRANE, MATERIAL HANDLING, AND ERECTION SAFETY

A. The Contractor shall take care to prevent any structure from being loaded with a weight, for any duration, which will endanger its stability, or the safety of persons.

B. The contractor shall adhere to all Local, State, and Federal laws pertaining to crane

operations.

C. All cranes must be inspected annually as well as monthly. The most recent reports shall be submitted to SEPTA prior to the use of the cranes on any work site. SEPTA’s Project Manager must ensure that daily safety inspections are completed. The monthly reports for the crane must be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager on a pre-determined schedule as long as the crane is operating on the project.

D. The Contractor shall ensure all crane operators and riggers are trained and competent in the

use of such equipment. The Contractor shall provide a competent person to oversee and/or perform lifting operations as required by OSHA. Personnel qualifications will be made available to SEPTA upon request.

E. The Contractor shall submit for review to the Project Manager, sketches defining the

operations of all cranes, material handling equipment, and erection activities used in support of construction during periods of train operations. The Contractor shall submit, at the Project Manager's request, similar information for cranes or other equipment in use and capable of encroachment.

1. These sketches shall include planned locations and movements of the equipment,

calculations demonstrating the adequacy of the capacity of the crane for the loads, the interface between the footprint of the equipment the movement of the boom and loads relative to the existing structure and surrounding buildings, the support grillages and the protection of existing utilities and facilities, and any other pertinent details required by the Project Manager.

2. The following data shall be required for all hoisting operations adjacent to active SEPTA

operations and facilities and shall be prepared by and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in Pennsylvania.

a. Plans and sections showing locations of cranes, horizontally and vertically, operating

radii, with delivery of disposal locations shown. The location of the SEPTA Right of Way and all active facilities shall also be shown.

b. Crane rating sheets showing cranes to be adequate for 150% of the actual weight

being lifted. A complete set of crane charts, including crane, counterweight, and boom nomenclature is to be submitted.

c. A location plan showing all obstructions such as wires, poles, adjacent structures,



etc., and that the proposed lifts are clear of these obstructions.

d. A data sheet shall be prepared listing the type, size, and arrangements of slings, shackles, or other connecting equipment, all to be designed for 150% of the actual weight being lifted. Copies of a catalog or information sheets for specialized equipment shall be included.

e. A complete procedure is to be included, indicating the location and order of lifts and

any repositioning or re-hitching of the crane or cranes. f. Temporary support of any components or intermediate stages is to be shown and

detailed. g. A time schedule of the various stages must be shown as well as a schedule for the

entire lifting procedure.

F. Specialty slings and hooks shall not be used to set steel or move materials over workers. All sling and crane load line hooks shall have safety latches installed or shall be moused, except for specialty slings and hooks such as sorting or shake out slings or self-adjusting pipe slings.

G. The Contractor shall not leave suspended loads unattended. When moving loads, the

operator shall ensure a clear path free of personnel or other barriers.

H. The Contractor shall establish a restricted work area using barricades and other appropriate controls to minimize the hazards to personnel, customers, and equipment from swinging or falling objects.

1.10 SNOW REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall remove all snow and ice within the project site as required for the proper protection and prosecution of the Work, and to protect SEPTA employees and the public. The Contractor shall at all times provide and maintain adequate protection against weather so as to preserve all Work, materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures free from damage.

B. The Contractor shall not use sodium chloride (or any chloride) on any facilities adjacent to

SEPTA electric rail lines where the possibility exists that melting mixture may leach onto the contact rail within the Right of Way.

1.11 WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER HOT WORK

Gas or electric cutting, burning, or welding shall be done in accordance with the guidelines of NFPA 51 B, the International Fire Code, federal, state, and local rules and regulations, or the provisions below, whichever is more restrictive.



A. If hot work is to be executed at a job site, the prime contractor’s safety officer must have a copy of the current version of NFPA 51B at the job site.

B. The prime contractor’s safety officer shall act as a Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI) and complete the checklist to fulfill the requirements of by 51 B for all torch work. The contractor shall obtain the current copy of SEPTA’s “Hot Work Checklist” for this purpose.

C. The SEPTA PM shall be notified at least 48 hours in advance of any hot work on site. A copy of each checklist completed for that period shall be delivered to the SEPTA PM at the next job progress meeting.

D. Spark shields and a fire watch must be posted when executing hot work and for a period of at least four hours after all activity has been completed. The SEPTA PM reserves the right to extend the duration of the fire watch in special circumstances. A supply of water and an approved fire extinguisher shall be readily available to the location where the work was done.

E. All oxygen/acetylene bottles must be removed and stored outside of all tunnels, underground stations and other confined spaces at the end of the workday. While in use in a tunnel, underground station or other confined space, they shall be attended at all times. At no times when not in use shall oxygen and acetylene bottles be stored together.

F. Anti-flashback devices must be installed on the fuel side of all gas and oxygen cutting torches 1.12 GAS CYLINDERS

A. Compressed gas cylinders shall be handled and properly supported and secured in an upright position away from heat or flame sources. Cylinders that are not being transported must have their caps in place.

B. Regulators, hoses, and torch assemblies must be in working order and checked for leaks prior

to initial use or installation. If a leak is discovered, the cylinder must be removed to a safe location.

C. Cylinders must be labeled and stored according to compatibility with signs posted. D. Oxygen and acetylene cylinders, empty or full, shall not be stored together. Full oxygen

cylinders must be separated from acetylene cylinders or other fuel-gas cylinders or combustible materials a minimum distance of 20 feet or by a noncombustible barrier at least 5 feet high having a fire-resistance rating of at least one-half hour.

E. All cylinder valves must be closed when cylinders are not in use and the hose pressure bled

down. F. All cylinders must be removed from confined spaces at the end of each work day.

1.13 UTILITIES



A. Before any excavation begins, the Contractor must determine the location of all utility installations such as but not limited to sewer lines, telephone lines, fuel lines, underground electric lines, water lines, or any other underground installations that may be present during excavations.

B. As per 73 P.S., § 176, et seq., the Contractor is required to notify utilities prior to all

excavations. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage done to any utility in the prosecution of the Work. The Contractor shall exercise any precautions necessary to prevent damage in working underneath or adjacent to any underground structure. If it becomes necessary for a utility company, through emergency procedures or because of unforeseen conditions, to repair, reconstruct, relay or relocate utilities within the contract area, after work has commenced by the Contractor, then the said utility company and the Contractor shall make suitable arrangements to overcome such interference. All work shall be accomplished at no extra cost or charge to SEPTA. No compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for the disruption to his work. A no-cost time extension may be granted in accordance with the Contract to the Contractor by SEPTA for the delay that has occurred.

1.14 HOUSEKEEPING

A. The Contractor shall maintain their work area in an orderly manner. B. The Contractor shall provide containers for trash and scrap metal unless prearranged with the

SEPTA Project Manager before the start of the project. C. The Contractor is responsible for the proper disposal of hazardous, flammable, trash, and/or

excess waste material. All waste must be removed or secured on site daily. See SEPTA’s Contractor Environmental Safety Requirements for more information on hazardous waste.

D. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining all disposal records, including chain of custody

records for hazardous or untested material, and providing copies to the SEPTA Project Manager where applicable.

E. No on site burning or burying of waste or material is permitted.

1.15 ELECTRICAL

A. The Contractor directly involved with electrical work, or work adjacent to electrical hazards shall do so only after details of the work has been planned and approved by SEPTA.

B. All electrical work shall comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.400 (Electrical Standard), OSHA 29

CFR 1910.147 (Lockout/Tagout), The National Electric Code (NEC), NFPA 70E (latest editions), and any SEPTA standards.

C. All equipment and cords must be free from damage. Frayed or cut electrical cords, or cords

with damaged plugs or missing ground plugs shall immediately be removed from service, rendered unusable, and removed from the work site.



D. All electrical tools and equipment must be grounded. E. Before working on a de-energized circuit, it must be electrically tested to ensure it is de-

energized. F. The Contractor must complete lockout/tagout procedures for all machines, equipment, and

systems that require service or maintenance as required by 29 CFR 1910.147.

1. A lock or tag can only be removed by the individual or their designee. G. After the Contractor performs repairs, maintenance or installations, and before SEPTA

employees attempt to re-energize the electrical equipment, verification shall be performed in the presence of the SEPTA PM to ensure that the electrical equipment components are operationally intact and that no electrical hazard is present up on re-energizing.

1.16 CONFINED SPACE

A. The Contractor shall be required to have competent and trained personnel for restricted or confined space entry work.

B. All confined spaces at SEPTA are permit required spaces and the Contractor is required to

utilize SEPTA’s confined space permit. C. Confined spaces refer to a space which by design has limited openings for entry and exit but

large enough to enter to perform work, the potential for toxic atmosphere or one that can produce a toxic atmosphere, and is not designed for continuous occupancy. Confined spaces at SEPTA can include, but not limited to, storage tanks, boilers, trenches, manholes, lift stations, and valve pits.

D. The Contractor shall coordinate and obtain approval from the SEPTA Project Manager for all

confined and restricted space activities. E. The Contractor must provide emergency rescue based on the work being conducted.

Documentation on the rescue procedures, authorized rescuers, training and equipment must approved by SEPTA and be available on site prior to conducting confined space entries.

1.17 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHES

A. The Contractor shall provide training to all personnel required for safe trenching and excavation projects on SEPTA property and comply with OSHA Excavation Standard 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P.

B. Prior to any excavations or trenching, the Contractor shall be responsible for utility marking to

ensure the area impacted is free from underground hazards. C. Excavations and trenches over 4-feet must have appropriate protective systems such as but



not limited to sloping, trench shields, and shoring, if soil conditions are unstable excavations less than 4 feet must have protection. This requirement is in addition to any other regulatory requirements including OSHA requirements.

D. Daily inspections of excavations, adjacent areas, and protective systems must be made by

the Contractor to ensure safety systems are functional and effective. E. The Contractor shall place warning signage and barricades or fencing to prevent unauthorized

or accidental access to the site. F. The Contractor shall cease work immediately and contact the SEPTA Project Manager if

suspect material such as strong odors, discolored soils, pipes, pipe covering or other material indicating the potential presence of asbestos, or other hazardous materials is encountered.

1.18 LADDER SAFETY

A. All ladders and their use must comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1053 and ANSI specifications.

B. Metal or other conductive ladders are prohibited. C. Ladders must be inspected before use and must be in good condition and free of any broken

or defective parts. Defective ladders must be removed from service. D. The Contractor must provide training to all employees using ladders in their proper use, how

to recognize ladder hazards and how to correct identified safety hazards.

E. Job fabricated ladders are prohibited. 1.19 FALL PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall provide fall protection and proper training for its employees, as required by 29 CFR 1926.500. Fall protection is required in areas where the fall hazard is 6 feet or greater from the worker’s foot level.

B. The Contractor shall isolate work areas to protect persons from falling objects and to prevent

unauthorized access to the work site. C. The Contractor shall perform documented inspections of their fall protection equipment before

each use. D. Work being conducted within six feet of a floor opening (skylight, hole, open hatch, etc.)

requires the appropriate fall protection. E. Work being conducted on a roof within six feet of the edge requires the appropriate fall

protection. The Contractor shall not work on or access roofs without prior approval from



SEPTA Project Manager.

1.20 SCAFFOLDS

A. All scaffolding, staging, and work platforms must satisfy OSHA 29 CFR 1926.450 and the manufacturer’s requirements.

B. The Contractor shall ensure that scaffolding be erected and inspected by trained personnel. C. The Contractor shall perform documented pre-use inspections for erected scaffolding.

1.21 POWERED EQUIPMENT/WORK PLATFORMS

A. The Contractor shall not use SEPTA owned or leased powered equipment or aerial work platforms unless approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.

B. The Contractor shall ensure only trained an authorized personnel operate any powered

equipment such as but not limited to forklifts, extendable boom lift, scissor lifts, and cranes. C. The Contractor shall perform documented inspections of equipment prior to each day’s use to

ensure safe operating condition. Defective equipment must be segregated and not be used on the work site.

D. The Contractor must ensure all its employees and subcontractors have had appropriate and

effective training in compliance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.178 (Powered Industrial Vehicles) and 29 CFR 1926.453 (Aerial Lifts) and the manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.22 FIRE SAFETY

A. The Contractor’s personnel should be familiar with the location of fire alarm pull stations, portable fire extinguishers and exit routes from the work area. The Contractor shall not obstruct access to exits, exit routes, or fire equipment or prop-open stair well doors.

B. Fires shall be reported by activating the nearest fire alarm station and calling 911. C. The Contractor’s personnel shall be trained in the proper use of a portable fire extinguisher in

the event fire watch duties are required. D. Flammable and combustible materials at a minimum must be labeled, properly stored, and

disposed of. Please see the Contractor Environmental Requirements. E. The Contractor must follow requirements listed in the “Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work”

section of this document, if welding, torch cutting, soldering or other forms of “hot work” will be performed.



F. The Contractor must take precautions to prevent damage to fire protection systems. All

damage must be reported immediately to the SEPTA Project Manager. G. The Contractor must not disable a fire protection system (sprinklers, fire alarm system

components, etc.) unless prior approval has been provided by the SEPTA Project Manager and local fire department. If a system is disabled, fire watch personnel must be present until that system is reconnected or other arrangements have been made and approved by the SEPTA PM.

H. Materials or equipment must not be temporarily or permanently suspended on sprinkler pipes,

valves, or supports. 1.23 PROTECTION OF EXISTING WATER AND SEWER LINES

A. When the equipment axle load exceeds 15 tons, the Contractor shall provide and work from timber mats placed over existing underground water lines and sewer lines.

B. SEPTA reserves the right to require additional protection and/or protection plans sealed by a professional engineer.

PART 2 - ENVIRONMENTAL 2.01 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall furnish for review by SEPTA the Contractor’s Environmental and/or Waste Management Program within thirty (30) days from receipt of the Notice to Proceed (see Section 2.04.B).

B. Prior to the start of work, Contractor shall furnish for review by SEPTA a Means and Methods Plan describing the day-to-day activities the contractor will employ to complete construction in accordance with the specification requirements. The Means and Methods Plan shall include the following:

1. A detailed, stepwise description of the construction process organized sequentially; 2. A description of any specialized equipment to be utilized to complete the work; 3. Identification of potential hazards in the construction process; and 4. A description of the construction mitigation measures that the contractor will implement to

mitigate identified hazards. C. Prior to the start of work, Contractor shall furnish for review by SEPTA a copy of asbestos and

lead survey findings/reports. If asbestos abatement or lead removal is conducted, Contractor shall further furnish to SEPTA prior to the start of those activities, all relevant submittals including but not limited to notifications, work plans, and health and safety plans. Within thirty



[30] days of completion of work, waste disposal records documenting disposal at a SEPTA-approved facility shall also be submitted to SEPTA (see Section 2.07.H).


A. The Contractor shall daily monitor and document the compliance and performance of the requirements set forth in this Section consistent with appropriate SEPTA Work rules and Federal, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and Local rules and regulations. The Contractor shall document the Contractor's compliance with applicable codes and regulations.

B. The Contractor’s Environmental and/or Waste Management Program, as a minimum, shall

include but not be limited to the following as applicable to the Work:

1. Sustainability and Recycling

2. Waste Management and Disposal

3. Hazardous Materials

4. Soils Management

5. Erosion and Sedimentation Control

6. Noise Control (if applicable)

C. The Contractor shall provide a qualified environmental safety officer who shall be responsible for all environmental safety-related activities until the completion of the Work. The environmental safety officer shall report all on-the-job environmental incidents at once to the Project Manager and submit all paperwork pertaining to such incidents as required.

2.03 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

A. The Contractor shall set up emergency procedures and prepare written guidelines discussing

response and notification actions related to hazardous/toxic material spills, discharges, or releases. Such guidelines shall be incorporated into one or more Contractor’s required site-specific plan submittals, such as the Health and Safety Plan, Work Plan, Contingency Plan, or Environmental/Waste Management Program.

2.04 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS

A. Materials Handling:

1. All scrap material of any kind, type, or nature shall be placed into designated confined areas or containers specifically supplied for this purpose. Containers shall be removed from the job site when full.



2. The Contractor shall assure that all chemicals, paints, solvents, and cleaners are maintained per OSHA's hazard standards. Discarded chemicals shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PaDEP) and/or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements. Copies of all Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), OSHA Form 20, and the Product Use sheets shall be given to SEPTA's Project Manager before or at the time of material delivery. All training shall be done in accordance with OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard.

3. Materials handling shall be conducted in accordance with the Contractor’s Environmental

/ Waste Management Program (see Section 2.04).

2.05 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

A. Environmental protection considerations consist of, but are not limited to, the following factors:

1. Natural resources, including air, water, and land. 2. Solid Waste disposal. 3. Noise. 4. Control of toxic substances, hazardous materials, and radiation. 5. The presence of chemical, physical, and biological elements and agents that adversely

affect and alter ecological balances. 6. Degradation of the aesthetic use of the environment. 7. Historical, archaeological, and cultural resources.

B. General Requirements:

1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain environmental protection as defined herein or

as required by regulation, whichever is more restrictive. 2. The Contractor's operation shall comply with all applicable Federal, Commonwealth and

Local laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to environmental protection.

3. Compliance of subcontractors and suppliers with the provisions of this and all other sections of these Specifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

4. The Contractor shall not use equipment from which factory-installed antipollution and

noise control devices have been removed, altered or rendered ineffective intentionally or through lack of proper maintenance.



5. Unless the Contractor has tested and established the safety of existing paints and coverings, he shall provide adequate pollution controls for painting and surface preparation in compliance with the PaDEP Regulations.

C. Protection of Natural Resources: 1. General

a. It is intended that the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent Work performed shall be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an equivalent of the existing condition, as approved by the Project Manager upon completion of the Work. The Contractor shall confine its on-site construction activities to areas defined by the Contract Drawings and Specifications or as directed by the Project Manager.

2. Protection of Project Site and Existing Roadways:

a. Debris or rubbish of any kind shall not be dumped onto the site or roadways. This shall include paint splatters, cleaning, stripping and surface preparation chemicals and spillage during painting operations. Care shall be taken to prevent damage and injury to personnel, vessels, and vehicles using roadways, or areas accessible to pedestrians. Devices shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor as required to prevent such occurrences. Material or items falling onto roadways shall be promptly removed at the Contractor's expense. All damage to third party property shall be restored by the contractor to the owner’s satisfaction at no cost to SEPTA.

b. The operator shall remove from the site, recycle, or dispose of all building materials and wastes in accordance with the PaDEP solid waste management regulations at 25 pa code 260.1 et seq., 271.1 et seq. The contractor shall not illegally bury, dump, or discharge any building material or wastes at this site.

3. Land Resources:

a. Except in areas indicated to be cleared or excavated, the Contractor shall not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees, shrubs, or vegetation. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless specifically permitted by the Project Manager. Where such use is permitted, the Contractor shall be responsible for any resulting damage.

b. The use of pesticides or herbicides is not permitted unless approved in writing by

the SEPTA PM. c. The Contractor shall submit a plan for protecting existing trees and vegetation

that are to remain and that may be injured, bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Rocks that are displaced into uncleared areas shall be removed. Monuments, markers, and works of art shall be protected prior to the start of the operations. A preconstruction survey, including



photographs, shall be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the SEPTA PM, and a written report of the survey shall be furnished to SEPTA within five (5) days of its request by the Project Manager.

d. Repair and Restoration: All trees, vegetation and other man made or natural

landscape features that are to remain and become scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be repaired and restored to their original condition at the Contractor's expense. The Project Manager shall approve the repair and restoration program prior to its initiation and after completion.

4. Water Resources: At all times, measures shall be taken to prevent oil, gasoline and other

hazardous substances and pollutants from entering the ground, drainage areas, sewers, streams, and other local bodies of water.

5. Wildlife Resources: The Contractor shall not disturb native habitat adjacent to the project

construction area. D. Erosion and Sediment Controls: 1. Site burning of any kind, including ground vegetation, is not permitted. 2. The Contractor shall conform to all applicable requirements of the PaDEP and the County

with respect to erosion and sediment control measures to prevent discharge into storm water discharge systems and active waterways.

E. Toxic Substances: 1. The Contractor shall comply with the Toxic Substance Control Act, P.L. 94-469 (TSCA). a. No toxic chemical substance, mixture, equipment, container, sealant, coating, or

dust-control agent shall be used except in accordance with all provisions of the TSCA as interpreted by the rules and regulations of 40 CFR 761.

b. Any toxic chemical substance, mixture, equipment, container, sealant, coating, or

dust-control agent found stored within the project area shall be immediately reported to the Project Manager in writing and work shall be stopped in the area. The Project Manager shall make arrangements for the removal of the toxic materials, will ensure that the area is safe for the Contractor to continue work in the area.

F. Control and Disposal of Chemical and Sanitary Wastes: 1. Trash shall be picked up and placed in containers that shall be emptied on a regular

schedule. Handling and disposal shall be so conducted as to prevent contamination of the site and other areas, and shall not be disposed of in wetlands or burned on the right-of-way. On completion, the area shall be left clean and in natural condition.



2. Disposal of rubbish and debris shall be as follows: The Contractor shall transport

all waste, including excess excavated material, off the site and dispose of it in a manner that complies with the Federal, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and Local requirements. The Contractor shall secure a permit or license prior to transporting any material off the site. Waste materials shall not be burned on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of waste material to a pickup point or disposal area.

4. Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion-resistant containers, removed from the

project site, and disposed of as necessary, as but not less frequently as monthly. Disposal of chemical waste shall be in accordance with standard established practices as approved by the Project Manager. Fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles on the site shall be conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Lubricants to be discarded, including burned oil, shall be disposed of in accordance with approved procedures meeting Federal, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and Local regulations. For oil and hazardous material spills that may violate Federal, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or Local regulations, the Project Manager shall be notified immediately.

G. Dust Control:

1. Airborne dust shall be minimized at all times, including non-Working hours, weekends, and holidays. Soil at the site, station platforms, haul roads, and other areas disturbed by the Contractor's operations and materials stockpiled for the project shall be treated with dust suppressors or covered to control dust. Dry power brooming shall not be permitted. Vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power brooming shall be used instead. Air blowing shall be permitted only for cleaning off non-particle debris, such as that from reinforcing bars. Sandblasting shall not be permitted except as otherwise specified elsewhere. Only wet cutting of concrete block, concrete, and asphalt shall be permitted.

2. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the National Emission

Standards (40 CFR 61).

3. The Contractor shall inspect all vehicles for dirt prior to their leaving the construction site. Dirt, soil, and rubble likely to be dislodged during transit shall be removed from the trucks and other vehicles prior to leaving the site.

4. The Contractor shall ensure that equipment transporting material to and from the site that

may become airborne is covered. 5. The Contractor shall not cause or permit fugitive particulate matter to be emitted into the

outdoor atmosphere from any source such that emissions are visible beyond the project property line.

H. Noise Control:



1. The Contractor shall research and determine the applicable jurisdiction requirements for noise control in the project area. In the event a project site lies in two or more jurisdictional areas and the requirements conflict, the strictest will govern. City of Philadelphia Air Management regulations govern for any work within Philadelphia. In absence of specific jurisdictional instructions regarding noise control, OSHA 29 CFR §1910 will apply.

I. Asbestos and Lead Containing Materials

1. Prior to the commencement to work, Contractor shall coordinate performance of a survey of the project area for asbestos containing materials and lead-based paint by asbestos and lead inspectors/investigators properly licensed and certified to perform such work in Pennsylvania (and the City of Philadelphia where applicable). Contractor shall submit to the SEPTA Project Manager with a copy of the findings/report (see Section 2.03.C). Given the age of many SEPTA properties it is always possible to encounter suspicious material.

2. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, Commonwealth, and Local laws including but not limited to the City of Philadelphia Asbestos Control Regulations, 29 CFR 1926.1101, 40 CFR 763 Subpart E, 29 CFR 1910.120, 29 CFR 1910.134 and 29 CFR 1910.1200, 29 CFR 1926.62, 29 CFR 1910.1025, 40 CFR 745, 40 CFR 262.11 and 25 Pa Code 261.

3. All asbestos abatements shall be conducted by licensed abatement Workers and

Supervisors and air monitoring shall be conducted by third party licensed Building Inspector and/or Asbestos Project Inspector (depending on location as determined by System Safety) and the specification shall be written by a licensed Asbestos Project Designer.

4. All submittals including but not limited to notifications, work plans, and health and safety

plans shall be submitted to SEPTA for review prior to the commencement of work. Within thirty [30] days of completion of work, waste disposal records documenting disposal at a SEPTA-approved facility shall also be submitted to SEPTA (see Section 2.03.C).

5. All newly installed materials shall be asbestos and lead free.



Railroad Safety Requirements 01065-1

SECTION 01065

RAILROAD SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

This Section specifies the general requirements and safety regulations governing the Contractor's activities when its Work impacts an active SEPTA Railroad.

1.02 RELATED WORK Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01100 Special Project Procedures Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Refer to Section 01060 - 1.03 1.04 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. General:

The information contained in this Section is intended to provide guidance and safety precautions to the Contractor when working on a live SEPTA rail line. The Contractor is advised that SEPTA will operate trains over this location during the performance of Work under the Contract, except as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall comply with all parts of this Section and all parts of SEPTA’s Roadway Worker Protection manual (SRW).

B. Responsibility:

The Work covered by the Contract involves safety of persons and property on a live electrified rail line. Therefore, relevant skill and experience is required of the Contractor to do its Work safely. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of its construction operations. The Contractor shall be required to post adequate watchperson and/or protective devices to protect its work crews, equipment and the work site as directed by the Employee-in-Charge of railroad safety. Pertinent safety rules that shall be followed are listed in, but not limited to, Paragraphs F, G & H of this subsection. The Contractor shall exercise proper care at all times.

C. Operations:

When work is being performed under active train operations, the safety and continuity of operation of the trains by SEPTA shall be of the first importance. They shall, at all times, be



protected and the Contractor shall arrange the work accordingly. Whenever the Work may affect the safety or movement of trains, the method of doing such Work, together with the proposed sequence of operations and time schedules for same, shall be submitted to the Project Manager for prior approval.

1. No work shall be started or prosecuted until such approval has been obtained. However,

such approval of the Project Manager, or duly authorized representative shall not be considered as a release of Contractor from responsibility for any damage to SEPTA by the acts of the Contractor, its employees, and/or its subcontractor's employees.

2. In the event of an unplanned discontinuation of train service due to the Contractor's

operations, the Contractor is not only liable for any injury or damage that might occur, but also for the full cost of any detour of train traffic, shuttle bus service and any associated costs.

D. SEPTA Personnel:

1. Employee-in-Charge: SEPTA will designate an employee to be responsible for providing a safe operation and On-Track protection. The Employee-in-Charge (EIC) may be a senior foreman, track supervisors, Flagperson and/or any other qualified individual. The Project Manager will coordinate the activities of the EIC with the Contractor’s Safety Officer and/or the Contractor’s designated On-Track Protection Assurance Representative.

a. The EIC will determine the method of providing protection to be used according to the

SEPTA operating rules. b The EIC will conduct a job briefing as prescribed by the operating rules before any

track is fouled. The job briefing is not complete until all Contractor’s employees acknowledge an understanding of the On-Track protection procedures being used.

c The EIC will not release the working limits until all affected Contractor’s workers have

been notified and are either clear or are protected by train approach warning.

2. Flag person: SEPTA Flag persons are responsible for the safety and Continuity of operations. The SEPTA Flag persons shall have authority to direct the stoppage of trains. Any sharing of protective duties between SEPTA and the Contractor within the Work site can be considered coincidental.

3. Electric Traction Protection Personnel: SEPTA's electric traction Class A employees are

responsible for the coordination and de-energization of catenary and power circuits. Wires and attachments of wires shall be treated as live (energized), unless noted by SEPTA that the wires have been de-energized and grounded. If the Contractor wishes to de-energize the system, the Contractor must request SEPTA Class A employee's

4. Pilots: If the Contractor wishes to occupy live or operating tracks with On-Track

equipment, the Contractor shall request a SEPTA pilot who will obtain exclusive track



occupancy on the live track.

5. Project Manager: The Project Manager, or a duly authorized representative, has complete authority in matters related to the safety of SEPTA's Operations and Facilities. The Project Manager, or a duly authorized representative, is also responsible to support the Contractor’s planning and coordination of their safety effort related to SEPTA’s Operations and Facilities.

6. The Contractor is responsible for submitting an outage or fouling request in a timely

fashion in order to avoid delays to the Work. SEPTA requires as a minimum two (2) week notice to assign personnel once a fouling or outage request is approved.

E. Contractors Personnel:

1. Protection Assurance Representative: The Contractor’s Protection Assurance Representative (representative) may be the Superintendent, Safety Officer or responsible foreperson. The representative shall be present at all times when the Contractor’s employees are working within the SEPTA operating envelope. The representative must ensure that the requisite On-Track protection job briefings are held and all employees engaged in work requiring On-Track protection attend. In general the representative shall be responsible for day to day oversight of the Contractor’s gang watchperson and employees so that they are working safely according to all parts of this Section and to coordinate construction activities with the EIC.

2. Gang Watchperson: The role of the Contractor's gang watchperson is solely for the

purpose of safety for the Contractor's employees when external influences, i.e., rail traffic or highway traffic, may expose the workers to a safety hazard. One or more gang watchperson shall be on site with each work crew at all times. If it becomes necessary for a watchperson to leave the site, work shall be suspended until he/she returns or is replaced by another qualified gang watchperson.

F. Right of Way Restrictions:

1. Fouling: An operating track is fouled for operating safety purposes when any individual and/or object is closer than four (4) feet from the near rail of the track. Equipment shall be considered as fouling the tracks when working in such a position that any movement whether intentional or unintentional or failure of the equipment, with or without load, will foul the track. The Contractor is advised that the use of equipment which has the potential to foul live or operating tracks shall be restricted to weekday non-peak hours – and/or weekends.

2. The Contractor is hereby advised that certain types of equipment shall not be permitted to

work under live wires. No extras shall be allowed because of equipment restrictions. Refer to Paragraph H.

3. The Contractor shall insure that the Contractor's equipment will not foul any track until



proper protection has been afforded. While trains or cars are passing on an adjacent track, any work that has the potential to foul shall be stopped.

4. The Project Manager shall have the right to restrict the operations of fouling or On-Track

equipment when, in the Project Manager's opinion, the equipment is not in satisfactory condition to be safely operated or where operation will adversely affect the track structure. The Project Manager shall also have the right to prohibit the operation of any fouling or On-Track equipment by any Contractor-employed operator who is, in the Project Manager's opinion, not qualified or able to operate said equipment in a safe manner.

5. When any excavation extends below the bottom of the crossties, or where the stability of

the railroad embankment and/or structure may be affected by excavation, such excavation shall be adequately braced by the Contractor. Prior to starting any such excavation, detailed drawings of the proposed bracing method shall be prepared and submitted to the Project Manager for his approval. When deemed appropriate by SEPTA's Project Manager, the shop drawings shall be accompanied by structural calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

G. General Safety Rules:

The following safety rules are considered especially applicable to all of the Contractor's employees with regard to conduct while on SEPTA property. The Contractor's foreperson or gang watchperson will be responsible to insure the safety of all the contractor's personnel. The Contractor shall furnish and equip its foreperson and/or gang watchperson with the equipment as specified in the SRW to warn the contractor's personnel of the approach of trains.

1. All Contractor Employees prior to working in any capacity that has the potential to foul,

and/or working within ten (10) feet of railroad tracks shall attend a SEPTA safety seminar on safety rules and operating procedures (SRW Course). The Contractor’s employees must demonstrate an understanding of and proficiency in the SRW manual. Contractor’s employees who are added during the course of the project shall also be required to attend this seminar and demonstrate an understanding of and proficiency in the SRW manual before being able to work. The attendance certification (current date) from this seminar shall be logged into the SEPTA Database. Re-certification is required on an annual basis.

2. Contractor-employed supervisors, foreperson, and gang watchpersons shall be

responsible for the safety, safety instructions and safe performance of all employees under their immediate supervision. They must see that all employees working under their supervision receive warnings of approaching trains and other equipment in time to reach a safe place as per the SRW. Inexperienced employees must be instructed by immediate supervisors of the safe methods of performing their duties.

3. All contractor employees working on or near an active track must attend an On-Track

protection job briefing. This briefing shall be held, prior to performing any work that has the potential to foul track, or at a minimum, would require the individual to be within 10 feet of any active track or any time job conditions change such that On-Track protection



procedures differ from those covered in the initial job briefing. An active track is any track that has the potential for train or On-Track equipment operations. a The EIC will conduct the job briefing to explain the On-Track safety procedures

being utilized. b The Contractor’s Protection Assurance Representative responsible for the overall

supervision of contractor employees shall ensure that the requisite job briefings are held, that all employees attend, and sign the job briefing form. At a minimum, the job briefings must cover the following information, if applicable:

1) The identification of the EIC. 2) A review of operational and safety conditions. 3) The means by which On-Track safety is to be provided. 4) The positioning of any individuals responsible for providing warning to

roadway workers. 5) The type of signals that will be used to convey the warning of an

approaching train. 6) The location where roadway workers will be required to go to clear for

trains. 7) The identification of the SEPTA employee responsible for communicating

with trains. 8) The type of signals that will be used to signal it is safe to resume work.

c. SEPTA will maintain a written record of all individuals who attend the job briefing.

4. No Contractor shall perform any work that has the potential to foul an active track, or at a minimum, would come within 10 feet of an active track, without the approval and/or presence of a qualified and authorized SEPTA representative.

5. The Contractor shall require employees to carry hand held lights when working from dusk

to dawn, in tunnels or when visibility is restricted.

6. The Contractor's employees shall consider all tracks as operating tracks and be on the alert for trains operating in either direction at all times, and walk facing the direction from which trains in regular operations will approach. In the event that track area visibility remains poor after institution of remedial measures (as described in 5 above), work in the track area may be restricted.

7. The Contractor's employees shall STOP before crossing any tracks and look for trains



approaching in either direction. The Contractor shall instruct employees not to cross tracks unless there is time to walk slowly, not to take chances, and not to step on the head of the rail.

8. The Contractor's employees shall insure that clothing cannot catch onto any part of a

moving car.

9. The Contractor's employees shall not step on track behind stopped rail cars, particularly those arriving at stations, due to the possibility of rail cars being moved in reverse directions.

10. The Contractor's employees shall not attempt to carry heavy materials across tracks

without permission of proper authorities. 11. The Contractor's employees shall keep hands and feet clear of power switches, switches,

switch equipment and frogs.

H. Catenary & Overhead Electrical Lines:

1. When handling work near overhead wires, the Contractor's employees shall observe the following:

a All overhead wires, including catenary, transmission, and signal lines in electrified

zones, shall be considered energized at all times. b Insulating covering of wire shall not be depended upon for protection against shock. c No employee of the Contractor shall do any work near electrical wires or apparatus

where it is possible for any part of the employee's body or tools and material with which the employee is working to come within ten (10) feet of such wires, unless a SEPTA Overhead Maintenance employee is assigned to observe the safety of the operation. Use of metal ladders is forbidden.

d When equipment is used in electrified territory or in the vicinity of Verizon Telephone,

PECO, as well as SEPTA overhead wires, the Contractor must exercise special care to safeguard all persons in the area. Special attention must be given in the vicinity of overhead bridges and other structures where the wires may be depressed. If, in the opinion of the Project Manager, the required clearances cannot be maintained or any hazards are involved, a SEPTA Overhead Maintenance employee (Class A Employee) must be requested. All required protection personnel shall be SEPTA employees.

2. If a safety situation arises requiring an immediate power shutdown, notify the SEPTA

Railroad Operation (RROC) - Superintendent at 215-580-8668, and the SEPTA Project Manager.

3. In a case of electrical contact, personal judgement and initiative has to be used, bearing in



mind that the rescuer's safety should not be imperiled. Contact with a live overhead wire may prove fatal in a matter of seconds. The most important thing is to stop the flow of electricity through the victim's body and then apply mouth-to-mouth resuscitation (or CPR when necessary and if qualified to do so) until he or she recovers consciousness or trained help arrives. Once a victim is freed from the overhead wire, do not move him or her unless they can do so under their own power. Except for qualified rescuers, moving an injured person may result in further injury.

1.05 COMPLIANCE WITH ROADWAY WORKER PROTECTION MANUAL (SRW)

In addition to the above, the Contractor must follow all requirements of the Roadway Worker Protection Manual (SRW). If there is doubt as to the meaning of any procedures specified, the EIC shall be consulted prior to the commencement of work, which requires fouling of any track.



Special Project Procedures 01100-1

SECTION 01100

SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section outlines the procedural requirements so the contractor may plan, and be granted concurrence, for service disruptions and/or diversions specified under this contract.

B. Work crews and equipment which SEPTA will make available to a Contractor.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety. Section 01065 Railroad Safety Requirements

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Requests for Site Specific Work Plans (SSWP) shall be submitted to the Project Manager

(PM) by the Contractor for concurrence 15 calendar days prior to the outage. The PM will respond within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the submittal.

Once reviewed by SEPTA, any changes to the SSWP will be subject to a subsequent review by SEPTA. These submittals must be annotated and reissued weekly to reflect changes to the scope or schedule created during the 5 day period between the original issue and the date of operation. Not later than 5 days before a planned outage, a new revision of the submittal incorporating all changes and reflecting the final work plan, must be submitted to the PM.

B. Should the Contractor desire to cancel an approved outage the written cancellation

request shall be received by the PM a minimum of 5 calendar days prior to the outage date so that affected SEPTA operations can be rescheduled. Late cancellation requests shall result in the outage costs being assessed against the Contractor.

1.04 REQUEST FOR TRACK USAGE

A. The Request for Service shall be a time-scaled logic network. This network is to fully detail the extent of work proposed and the Contractor's plan and means for accomplishing same in the inclusive 5 day period. Specific separate operations and planned service disruptions should be highlighted in these submittals. 1. The SSWP shall provide a description of work; time scaled hourly logic network,


Special Project Procedures 01100-2

breakdown of labor force, materials and the type of equipment that will be utilized. The SSWP shall include Contractor's watchperson, required SEPTA flagging and support, construction methods, arrangements for emergency clearing and restoration of service, and sketches for defining the configuration of rail service and other operational elements at the end of the Contractor's outage.

2. All work by SEPTA Force Account Track, Signals, etc. or other contracts that are

defined in Section 01010 and subsequent reviews that has the potential of delaying either the work by this Contractor, or the restoration of service, must be identified clearly in terms of scope and schedule for coordination with others.

B. SEPTA will not grant usage until the Contractor's SSWP has been reviewed by the

Engineer and approved by SEPTA in writing. The Contractor shall not perform any of the work requiring outages until written approval has been received from SEPTA.

C. SEPTA reserves the right to cancel a scheduled outage, and/or abbreviate an in-progress

outage, should unforeseen conditions arise that effect operational needs.

D. In the event work takes that needs a nighttime track and power outage, the anticipated allowable work time for the inbound track (Track #1) is 1:15am to 4:45am, and on the outbound track (Track #2) 2:00am-5:00am. Should a track and/or power outage be required on both tracks simultaneously, allowable work time is 2:45am - 4:45am. When track outages are provided, SEPTA will supply a Roadway Worker Employee-in-Charge (RWEIC), along with Electric Traction (ET) Linemen when a power outage is provided.

E. It is anticipated that the majority work will be conducted during normal off-peak hours with a work zone (NORAC Rule 135) posted on the adjacent track. When work zones are provided, SEPTA will supply a Roadway Worker Employee-in-Charge (RWEIC). Contractor will supply watchperson. Off-peak hours for work zones are generally considered 9:00am-2:45pm on weekdays and 7:00am-5:00pm on weekends.

F. Access to the canopy must be made by high reach, ladders, etc. not infringing on the

active track area unless approved by the SEPTA PM.

G. Times where work takes place closer than 10 feet from an energized circuit, SEPTA ET

shall review and approve the contractor’s work plan and will provide a clearance man to verify that the contractor at no time comes within 3 feet of the energized circuit.

1.05 REQUEST FOR SEPTA SUPPORT

A. Flagging B. Power C. Track Outage



Project Progress Meetings 01200-1

SECTION 01200

PROJECT PROGRESS MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Work included: To enable the orderly review of the progress of the Work, and to provide for systematic discussion of problems, the SEPTA Project Manager, or a designee, will conduct project meetings throughout the construction period.

B. The progress meetings are in addition to the coordination, pre-construction and scheduling meetings noted elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Agreement and Division 1. B. The Contractor's relations with its subcontractors, and discussions relative thereto, are

the Contractor's responsibility and are not to be agenda items in the project progress meetings.

C. The discussions and minutes of meeting shall exclude any claims related issues not

directly impacting the progress of the Work, and other items for which SEPTA has provided clarifications/directives/ change order(s) or otherwise closed, but remain disputed by the Contractor.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Agenda items

1. To the maximum extent practicable, the Contractor shall advise the Project Manager at least 48 hours in advance of project meetings regarding items to be discussed during the meeting.

2. Technical questions or issues requiring a response from the designer of record must be submitted in writing at least three business days before the meeting.

B. Minutes: 1. The Project Manager will compile minutes of each project meeting, and will furnish

one copy to the Contractor(s). 2. The Contractor may copy and distribute other copies as required. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEETING SCHEDULE



A. Project meetings will be held once every two weeks B. The Project Manager will coordinate with the contractor(s) to establish a mutually

acceptable meeting schedule. 3.02 MEETING LOCATION

The Project Manager will determine meeting location. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held at the job site.

3.03 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Attendance:

1. Contractor's Superintendent shall attend and participate in each project meeting and shall represent the Contractor consistent with Contract and commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon during the project meetings.

2. Subcontractors, and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspect of the Work is involved.

3. If notified of the need 2 days in advance, the SEPTA PM will request the

attendance of the appropriate members of the design team to participate in technical discussions.

C. Minimum agenda for each meeting:

1. Review and revise, the minutes of previous meetings.

2. Safety including the presence of hazardous materials and other environmental issues.

3. Quality Control Issues including outstanding non-conformance reports/issues.

4. Review progress of the Work since last meeting, including status of submittals for

approval.

5. Status of coordination and installation meetings with sub-contractors engaged in the work of the project.

6. Identify problems, which impede planned progress.

7. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain planned schedule, if

applicable.



8. The status of Requests for Information (RFI) and all Potential Change Orders (PCO) shall be discussed and updated. The Contractor’s PCO listing shall conform to SEPTA’s listing.

9. Contractor shall provide and discuss 2 week look ahead activity schedule if the

work is not progressing per the early start/finish activity dates as noted in the latest update of the approved schedule.

10. Discuss and review As-Built Drawings/Specification Status.

11. Complete other current business.

C. Revisions to minutes: 1. Unless published minutes are challenged in writing, within five (5) working days of

the distribution date they will be accepted as properly stating the activities and decisions made at the meeting.

2. Any individual challenging published minutes shall provide proper supporting

documentation acceptable to the Project Manager to verify that the challenged item was truly discussed during the subject meeting.

3. Challenge to minutes shall be settled as priority portion of "old business" at the

next regularly scheduled meeting. SEPTA's Project Manager’s decision concerning challenged item(s) shall be binding on the Contractor.



Submittals 01300-1

SECTION 01300

SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section covers all submittals, including shop drawing submittals, samples, manufacturer’s cut sheets and “or equal” submittals. It complements the requirements of Paragraph VIII.N. of the Agreement.

B. Some products and procedures only require a submittal for information, and may not

require a response from SEPTA.

1. Products which match exactly something specified by manufacturer’s name and catalog model number.

2. Other items at the SEPTA Project Manager’s discretion including but not limited to

any of the following:

Products list Test Section Manufacturer's installation instructions Manufacturers' certificates Shop Drawing Manufacturer’s Samples Certifications Testing Warranties Equipment

C. SEPTA reserves the right to not formally respond to any submittal which is not required.

D. The Contractor may require subcontractors to provide drawings, installation diagrams, and

similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall not be reviewed by SEPTA unless it is required by other pertinent sections of the Specifications.

E. The contractor is required to submit all information in an electronic format.

1.02 RELATED WORK:

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01700 Contract Closeout


Submittals 01300-2

1.03 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION

A. The Contractor, within two weeks of the receipt of the designer of record’s computerized listing of Contractor(s) submittals, shall review, revise and/or amend, if applicable, and resubmit the revised listing of submittals.

B. The contractor will assess material availability and all long lead items shall be identified.

C. After checking and verifying all field measurements and, after complying with the

applicable procedures of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings, catalog cuts, samples and substitution(s) for review and action.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination between the

Contractor/Fabricator/Detailer and SEPTA for each complex submittal requiring detailed coordination, including all structural items. This coordination may be executed in a meeting called at the request of the contractor or SEPTA. The purpose of the meeting(s) shall be to establish guidelines for details and information necessary to prepare the shop drawings.

E. All submittals will be sent directly to the SEPTA PM unless the PM specifically directs the

contractor to do otherwise. 1.04 SUBMITTAL REVIEW

A. The results of review of submittals will be designated as follows:

NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN PROCEED AS NOTED; REVISE AND RESUBMIT

DO NOT PROCEED; REVISE AND RESUBMIT

REJECTED

NOT APPLICABLE

B. Submittals not in compliance with the Contract will be returned to the Contractor for

revision. Any losses of time and additional costs associated with resubmittal(s) are the Contractor's responsibility.

C. Each submission and re-submission shall give specific written notice on the transmittal of each variation that the shop drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each shop drawing submitted for review and approval of each such variation.

D. Each resubmission(s) shall clearly identify and make specific notation(s) on each shop


Submittals 01300-3

drawing concerning the:

1. Changes that are made as a result of comments on the previous submittal(s). 2. Changes that are not made, but commented on the previous submittal(s). The

Contractor shall provide detailed explanations and justifications as to why the comments are not addressed.

3. Changes that are solely made by the Contractor, but were not commented on the

previous submittal(s). The Contractor shall provide a detailed explanation and justification for such changes.

E. Submittals that are "Proceed as Noted" are for the purpose of expediting

procurement/fabrication/Installation of the intended work. If re-submittal is required, the Contractor shall incorporate all corrections and resubmit original drawings and required copies of drawings to SEPTA, within 30 days. If re-submittal is not required, then it is understood that the Contractor will proceed in accordance with the comments.

For “Proceed as Noted; Revise & Resubmit” items, payment for completed work that is related to these items will not be made until the corrected and final resubmittal is accepted in writing by SEPTA.


A. SEPTA reserves the right to require mock ups of any material and/or assembly, at any time during the construction process. Once approved, the mock-up will set a minimum standard of performance and/or appearance for the work. Mock-ups will be provided at no cost to SEPTA. The approved mock-up may, at the discretion of the SEPTA project manager become part of the work.

B. Electronic Submittals

1. SEPTA uses software to track submittals. The Contractor’s forms, e.g. transmittal etc., will be submitted in a form compatible with this software.

2. For its records, SEPTA requires that all approved submittals be converted to electronic format (at no additional cost to SEPTA) for SEPTA’s document retention purposes.

C. Coordination of Submittals:

1. Prior to making each submittal, the Contractor shall carefully review and coordinate all

aspects of each item being submitted. Shop drawings of systems containing closely related items and components must be submitted, as a single submission showing the interrelationship of the components required for that system.

2. The Contractor shall verify prior to submission that each shop drawing is well prepared


Submittals 01300-4

and that the submittal conforms in all respects with the specified requirements. The drawings shall provide complete information regarding proper fabrication and installation.

3. The Contractor shall sign each submittal or shop drawing original and copies and affix

a stamp with specific written indication that the Contractor has reviewed the submittal and is satisfied that it conforms to the requirements of the contract documents. For submittals which are substitutions see 1.05 below.

4. Shop drawings shall be tailored to the specific project need including coordination of

various trades and should include material descriptions, quantities, dimensions, design criteria and similar data to enable review information as required. The shop drawings must show clear and complete information for the fabrication and installation of materials.

5. Where feasible, orient the plan(s) on the shop drawing(s) in the same manner as the

plans on the Contract Drawings.

6. Shop drawings with reproduction(s) of the Contract Drawings will not be accepted.

7. Structural fabrication and erection drawings shall be prepared, checked, signed and sealed, by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania with proven qualifications and similar experience.

Unless the Contract Documents indicate specific steel connections, the Contractor shall design steel connections, stamped and sealed by an engineer licensed in the State of Pennsylvania, and provide sufficient details for the SEPTA’s review and approval.

D. Responsibility: The Contractor is solely responsible and accountable for:

1. Means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction including

fabrication, assembly, installation/erection, safety precautions and programs incidental to any submittal.

2. Accuracy of all submittals and shop drawings and final installation.

3. Arranging submittals and shop drawing standards review meetings with SEPTA.

4. Converting all approved submittals to an agreed on electronic format (PDF unless

otherwise noted) and providing these files to SEPTA at no cost to SEPTA. 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. "Or Equals" Substitutions:


Submittals 01300-5

1. Restricted Items (sole sourced items) - Where the contract documents specifically require the use of certain equipment and/or materials they will indicate that substitutions will not be allowed.

2. Equals Considered – Unless otherwise noted, whenever a material or article

required is specified or shown on the plans by using the name of the proprietary product or of a particular manufacturer or vendor, any material or article with matching characteristics, will be considered equal and satisfactory provided the material or article has equal properties and function in the opinion of SEPTA's Project Manager. It shall not be purchased or installed without SEPTA's Project Manager's written approval.

The Contractor shall document each request with complete data substantiating

compliance of the proposed Substitution with the Contract Documents. "Or Equal" requests will be considered only when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal of data documenting the "or equal" nature of material or article within thirty-five (35) calendar days after the date of receipt of Notice to Proceed. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:

a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it meets or

exceeds the quality level of the specified product. b. Shall provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified

product.

c. Shall coordinate installation and make changes to other work, which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to SEPTA.

d. Shall waive claims for additional costs or time extension, which may

subsequently become apparent.

e. Shall reimburse SEPTA (if applicable) for review or redesign services associated with review and approval by SEPTA, if the substitution is rejected as not being equivalent.

B. OTHER SUBSTITUTIONS

1. For any reason, including a lack of availability of the original material, the

contractor may ask permission to substitute a material or assembly which is not fully equal to the one specified. This will be processed as a change order (a no cost change order only if there is no cost difference compared to the original specified material). All substitutions will be evaluated following Value Engineering principles. The results of SEPTA’s evaluation will be final, and SEPTA is has the right to make a final determination over which items are judged to be acceptable.

The Contractor shall document each request with complete data substantiating


Submittals 01300-6

compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:

a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it meets or

exceeds the quality level of the specified product.

b. Shall provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.

c. Shall coordinate installation and make changes to other work, which may be

required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to SEPTA.

d. Shall waive claims for additional costs or time extension, which may subsequently become apparent.

2. The Contractor shall provide substitutions in a timely manner and in accordance

with the construction contract, so as to not have a negative impact on the construction schedule.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHOP (FABRICATION/INSTALLATION) DRAWINGS

A. Shop drawings shall be based on field dimensions and other information gathered by the contractor and his agents. When SEPTA or the designer of record takes no exceptions to the drawings or directs the contractor to proceed as noted, it is only claiming that there are no apparent deviations from the design intent of the contract documents.

B. Final fit and placement may be affected by fabrication and field installation tolerances as

well as other factors beyond the knowledge of SEPTA and the designer of record. Installation and final fit remains the sole responsibility of the contractor. Language placing this responsibility on SEPTA or the designer of record is strictly prohibited.

C. Scale and measurements: Shop drawings shall be made accurately to a scale sufficiently

large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the Work. SEPTA reserves the right to demand additional detail and information to facilitate the submittal process.

D. Required Copies:

1. Shop drawings shall be submitted in the form of electronic copies of each sheet in

PDF format.

E. Review comments will be shown on one set which will be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for its purposes.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE (INCLUDING CATALOG CUTS)


Submittals 01300-7

A. The Contractor shall submit the original printed literature and product data sheets

available from the manufacturer(s).

B. Where submitted literature from manufacturers includes data not pertinent to the submittal, the Contractor shall clearly show which portions of the contents are being submitted for review.

2.03 SAMPLES

A. The Contractor shall provide sample(s) identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. Identify as described under "Identification of submittals" below.

B. Number of samples required:

1. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit two samples, one of which

will be retained by SEPTA.

2. By prearrangement in specific cases, a single sample may be submitted for review and, when approved, be installed in the Work at a location agreed upon by SEPTA.

2.04 COLORS AND PATTERNS

A. Unless waived in the specific section of the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in the specified products, the Contractor shall submit accurate color and pattern charts for selection.

B. SEPTA reserves the right to require samples and/or a mockup of any material, to determine actual appearance.

C. Unless waived elsewhere, two copies of each sign face in accurately color matched proofs of all permanent signage, at a scale specified by the SEPTA PM, will be submitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall assign a date and unique number to each submittal and an indication that the contractor has reviewed the submittal for conformance to the contract documents. This information shall appear on each submittal original and copy.

1. Each submittal subject to approval must receive a separate number not shared by any other component, information or process. Only one approval/rejection will be given per submittal number.

2. Each submittal number must include the specification section that the submittal most


Submittals 01300-8

applies to followed by a hyphen and a sequential number (the first submittal for Section 05500 would be 05500-1 and so on)

3. When a resubmittal is made for any reason, the Contractor shall transmit under a new letter of transmittal with a new submittal number in the form of the original number plus the letters a,b,c and so on for each subsequent resubmittal (05500-1a using the above example) and a new date for that resubmittal.

B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the Work,

showing current status of all submittals at all times. The Contractor shall make the submittal log available for review by SEPTA upon request.

3.02 GROUPING OF SUBMITTALS

A. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall make submittals in groups (with separate numbers) containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking of each item when it is received.

B. Each grouping shall be accompanied by a dated transmittal letter which lists each transmittal by number and the number of copies submitted.

C. Partial, confusing and poorly prepared submittals will be rejected as not complying with the

requirements of the Contract. The Contractor will be liable for delays so occasioned. 3.03 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall make submittals consistent with early start dates shown on the approved baseline schedule, but sufficiently in advance of early scheduled dates for installation to provide the necessary time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery.

B. In scheduling, the Contractor shall allow 14 calendar days for review and processing by

SEPTA following its receipt of the submittal.

This review time will be increased for the submittal(s) that are so extensive that 14 days of turn around period is unreasonable as determined by SEPTA. This determination shall be binding on the Contractor.

C. Continued submission of material and repetitious submittals which clearly fail to meet the

requirements of the Contract Documents which may cause delays in the completion of the Contract and any such delays be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

3.04 SEPTA'S REVIEW

A. Review and Processing shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, which may exist in the submitted data.

B. SEPTA does not confirm dimensions or make any representation that parts will fit


Submittals 01300-9

together properly if fabricated in the sizes shown on the shop drawings. SEPTA requires that the contractor take all necessary site measurements and that the shop drawings represent an accurate documentation of these dimensions.

C. The contractor assumes responsibility to exercise control over all construction tolerances and ensure that these tolerances do not result in construction which violates regulations, codes or clearances.

D. Revisions:

1. The Contractor shall make required revisions as noted on initial the submittal.

2. If the Contractor considers any required revision to be a change, it shall so notify

SEPTA as provided for in the Agreement. Such notification shall be made no later than 10 calendar days from the date of return of such submittals by SEPTA to the Contractor.

3.05 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL CONFLICTS WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Unless the Contractor submits data as a substitution as specified in section 1.05 above, submitted information which departs from the contract documents will be understood to be contractor /subcontractor errors and have no effect on the contract, even if not identified by SEPTA during the review process.

3.06 FINAL ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION

A. As part of the Contractor’s Closeout Documentation requirements, the Contractor shall submit to the SEPTA PM All approved submittals and other documentation in an electronic format (PDF files unless otherwise approved by the SEPTA PM).



Requests for Information 01305-1

SECTION 01305

REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This section stipulates procedural requirements for processing of Contractor Request(s) for Information (RFI) and complements the requirements of the Contract Agreement, Paragraphs V.B and VIII.B.

B. An RFI is a written communication originated by a construction Contractor to request

clarification of the intent of the Construction documents. It results in an exchange of information only. If the contractor believes the response triggers a change in the project scope he must submit a change order request. No response to an RFI may be interpreted as a change order request or approval.

1.02 RELATED WORK: Agreement Section 01010 Summary of Work

Section 01300 Submittals Section 01400 Quality Requirements Section 01700 Contract Closeout Section 01720 Project As-Built Documents Attachment Request for Information Form 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 01300. B. The Contractor shall submit RFIs using the attached RFI form and shall provide specific

reference to the section of the Construction documents to which the RFI refers. RFIs that are incomplete, unsigned or otherwise not submitted in compliance with the Contract, will be returned to the Contractor.

C. Any losses of time and/or additional costs associated with frivolous RFI submittals are

the responsibility of the Contractor.


A. All RFIs will be signed by the Contractor's representative and submitted to SEPTA in "hard" copy.

B. The primary purpose of an RFI is to clarify the Contract Documents



1. The Contractor has the responsibility to be familiar with the Contract documents. RFI’s that request clarification of items that in the judgment of the PM, are clearly evident in the Contract documents, shall be rejected by SEPTA.

2. The Contractor shall not use RFI’s for the following:

a. To facilitate construction coordination between contractors and

subcontractors/vendors.

b. To initiate substitutions in material, methods and or systems.

c. To transfer their responsibility for reviewing Contract documents to SEPTA and/or the Architect/Engineer.

3. RFI’s, which fail to reference the specific Contract documents in question, will be

rejected. If the Contractor uses an RFI for the purposes described above in 1.04 B2 it will also be rejected. In these cases, the Contractor will be directed to meet the requirements specified in Section 01300 by the PM.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION OF REQUEST(s) FOR INFORMATION

The Contractor shall consecutively number all RFIs. For projects with separate contracts, each Contractor shall include a prefix (G, E, M etc.) in their numbering sequence to designate the submittal as originating from the "General", Electrical" or "Mechanical" Contractor. RFIs shall be submitted using the attached form. When an RFI must be resubmitted for any reason it shall be sent using a new RFI number with reference provided to the previous RFI.

3.02 TIMING OF REQUEST(s) FOR INFORMATION

A. The Contractor shall submit RFIs sufficiently in advance of early construction schedule “Start” dates for fabrication and/or installation activities in order to provide the necessary time required for reviews, possible revisions and subsequent resubmittals.

B. For scheduling purposes, the Contractor shall allow 7 days for review and response by

the Architect/Engineer and/or SEPTA following their receipt of the RFI.

This review time will be increased for RFIs that are sufficiently extensive or complex that the above turnaround period is unreasonable as determined by the Architect/Engineer and SEPTA. This determination shall be binding on the Contractor.



C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for delays in the completion of the Contract that result from the submission of RFIs which clearly fail to meet the requirements of this Section.

3.03 SEPTA'S REVIEW

A. All RFI’s will be submitted to the SEPTA PM. The designer of record is responsible for reviewing Contractors' RFIs to provide clarifications and/or interpretations as they relate to design documents. The SEPTA PM is responsible to provide clarifications and/or interpretations to RFIs that are related to the Agreement or SEPTA operational issues and service. An answer to a RFI shall never be considered as an approval for extra work and/or a change in scope or any other directive which results in a change to the Construction Contract cost. All such changes must follow the change order process.

B. If the Contractor considers any clarifications to an RFI to be a change; it shall so notify

SEPTA in the manner provided for in the Agreement.

Such notification shall be made no later than 2 calendar days from the date of the return of such clarifications by the designer of record or SEPTA to the Contractor.




REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) PROJECT:

1. RFI Number

Responsible Contractor

Date

Description: Requested By (Signature): Due Date

2. A/E Response, or SEPTA Comments(if applicable):

A/E (Signature):

Date

Contract Document Impact Yes No Revisions Attached Yes No

3. Transmitted to Contractor

4. PCO Yes No Impact

PCO Number:

CD&C PM (Signature): Date



Filling out the RFI Form 01: This section is to be completed by the Contractor. The SEPTA Project Manager (PM) shall provide

RFI Forms to the Contractor(s) at the Pre-construction Meeting. 02: This section is to be completed by the A/E. All technical inquiries are to be responded to by the

A/E. The section must be signed and dated within the contractual time frame. The SEPTA PM may use this space to add comments or directly respond to non-technical queries, involving contractual matters or SEPTA Operational issues.

03: This section is to be completed by SEPTA project staff to return the RFI to Contractor. The

distribution must include the Project File. 04: This section is to be completed by SEPTA project staff. The RFI response will be reviewed for its

potential to result in a Change Order. This box should be appropriately completed as a result of this review.


Construction Photographs 01380-1

SECTION 01380

CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor shall provide professional quality construction record photographs periodically during course of the Work as determined by the SEPTA PM

B. In addition to photographs generally describing the progress of the work, the SEPTA PM will require specific components and processes be documented.

C. SEPTA reserves the right to require that an approved professional photographer be used if, in the opinion of the SEPTA PM the photographs submitted at any time are inadequate in quality or coverage.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01720 Project Record Documents

1.03 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED

A. The Contractor shall provide SEPTA with the photographs taken. Photographs shall only be used for the purpose of fulfilling the requirements of this section. Other uses, without written permission from SEPTA's Project Manager, are prohibited. The contractor may not take photographs for any other purpose on SEPTA property without the written consent of SEPTA.

B. Views and Quantities Required:

1. As specified above, the Contractor shall photograph the project from multiple different views on a daily basis, as directed by SEPTA.

2. The Contractor shall provide digital prints of each view, organized by date. C. Ownership of Electronic Files

1. The prints and electronic files shall be furnished to SEPTA at the Contractor’s expense and all images collected during the course of the contract shall become the sole property of SEPTA. The contractor shall turn over all copyright rights to SEPTA in a written document to be approved by SEPTA.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOS

A. Digital photos should be in jpg. format at minimum 20 megapixels.


Construction Photographs 01380-2

B. The Contractor shall organize the photos date. Within the date folder, photos should be

organized further by the specific task or location of a group of photos. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUE

A. Paramount importance shall be given to factual detailed presentation with maximum depth of field, proper exposure with adequate shadow and highlight detail and minimum distortion.

B. The photographer will be required to use fill in electronic flash technique to adequately light high contrast scenes and assemblies. Electronic flash shall also be used at all interior locations and other locations where the available light is not adequate for recoding appropriate detail.

C. Take views as directed and in the presence of SEPTA's representative.

3.02 DELIVERY OF PRINTS AND FINAL DELIVERY OF ELECTRONIC FILES

A. The Contractor shall deliver the organized photos on a weekly basis to the SEPTA PM for review and archiving.



Quality Requirements 01400-1

SECTION 01400

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. The Contractor shall establish and maintain a project specific Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) system documented by a program manual and supporting plans and/or procedures. These documents will address the methods to be used to control the quality related aspects of all materials, components and assemblies to be furnished and installed under the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor shall have the primary responsibility for the quality of all its work and shall

ensure that the pertinent requirements for the achievement of quality are included and implemented in all relevant sub-contracts.

C. The QA/QC program shall include a description of the organization the contractor will

establish and shall identify the responsibilities and accountabilities of all personnel performing quality-affecting activities.

D. The QA/QC program and/or procedures shall include those checklists and test &

inspection forms the contractor will use to properly document the activities performed to achieve the quality of the Work. The contractor will be responsible for completing the checklists and activities called for in SEPTA’s Construction Inspection/ Monitoring Program as part of their Quality Control program.

E. The Contractor will cooperate fully with SEPTA’s QA/QC efforts including, but not limited to, providing requested information in a timely fashion when SEPTA executes quality audits of the project. All information generated during the project, of a non-confidential nature, including but not limited to the internal QA/QC audits executed by the contractor must be made available to SEPTA in a timely manner.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. The Following definitions pertain to requirements of this section.

1. Quality Assurance (QA): QA is a program of planned and systematic actions that

provide adequate confidence that all activities affecting quality have been accomplished in accordance with governing codes, standards and contract requirements. QA oversight of activities affecting quality is accomplished through field and manufacturing facility surveillance, audits or other documented measures conducted to verify that requirements have been met.

2. Quality Control (QC): Quality Control is the act of examining, witnessing, inspecting, checking and/or testing of in-process or completed work to determine



conformity with specified requirements and documenting the results.

3. QA Audit: A documented activity performed by written procedure or checklist to verify that selected elements of the Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program have been developed, documented, and implemented in accordance with specified requirements.

4. Calibration: Comparison of two instruments or measuring devices, one of which is

of known accuracy traceable to national standards, to detect, correlate, report or eliminate by adjustment any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument or measuring device being compared with the standard.

5. Certification: The action of determining, verifying and attesting, in writing, to the

qualifications of personnel, materials, and/or equipment. 6. Inspection: A phase of Quality Control, which by means of examination,

observation, or measurement, determines the conformance of materials, components , parts, appurtenances, systems, processes, installations, or structures to predetermined quality requirements.

7. Source Inspection: Source inspection consists of the review, monitoring,

observation, and/or inspection, random or consistent, or at selected stages of manufacture or construction, of manufacturer or sub-manufacturer's personnel, material, equipment, processes, or tests.

8. Site Inspection: Site Inspection consists of reviewing, monitoring, observing and

inspecting the Work at the project site.

9. Surveillance: Term used to describe a review performed for the purpose of verifying that applicable quality requirements are properly accomplished.

1.03 RELATED WORK:

Requirements of the Agreement. Section 01700 Contract Closeout. Specific requirements of Agreement Paragraph XVIII.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. SEPTA reserves the right to require mock-ups of any material and/or assembly, at any time during the construction process of a size determined by the SEPTA PM. Once approved, the mock-up will set a minimum standard of performance and/or appearance for the work. Mock-ups will be provided at no cost to SEPTA. The approved mock-up may, at the discretion of the SEPTA project manager, become part of the work.

B. The contractor will create a job specific Quality Assurance and Control Plan (QACP) which



clearly and comprehensively specifies the actions the contractor will take to achieve the quality required by the contract documents. This plan will be submitted no later than 15 days from the notice to proceed. No work may take until the QACP has been accepted by SEPTA. The following areas will be addressed in this plan:

1. The Quality Assurance procedures shall define the organizational structure within which the programs are to be implemented, and delineate the responsibility and authority of the various personnel involved

2. Shop Fabrication: The Contractor shall develop and submit inspection and test plans and procedures for all elements of the work that will be shop fabricated and tested. The inspection plans/procedures shall include source inspection and testing that will be performed, accept/reject criteria and the witness/hold points to be implemented to control the quality of work.

3. Site Construction/Installation: The Contractor shall develop and explain inspection and test plans and procedures for all elements of the Work that will be site constructed and installed, including the storage and installation of shop fabricated items. The installation plans and procedures shall include checklists, which outline the sequence of construction/installation activities and describe the verification checks for each step in the sequence, which must be found acceptable prior to proceeding. The plans and checklists shall be submitted to SEPTA for the identification of hold and/or witness points by SEPTA.

4. The Contractor shall develop and explain a Quality Assurance program and surveillance methods to verify that reviewed inspection, testing and documentation activities have been performed to assure that shop fabricated and site construction/installation comply with the quality standards defined in the contract documents.

5. SEPTA's review of the QA/QC program shall not relieve the Contractor from its primary responsibility for the quality of the work.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

A. Engage an adequate number of skilled professionals who are thoroughly trained, experienced and familiar with the specific requirements and methods needed for the proper performance of the Work.

B. Establish technical and administrative surveillance and/or audit methods to ensure the

highest degree of quality, and to correct potential problems without affecting the Contract schedule.

C. Verify that the required quality control inspection, testing and documentation activities have

been performed to assure that the equipment, materials and construction comply in all respect to the requirements of the contract documents.



D. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, products, services, site conditions, workmanship and installation to produce work of the quality required by the contract documents.

E. Take corrective actions in a timely manner to identify conditions adversely affecting the

quality of Work and the contract schedule.

F. All test results shall clearly include a statement that the item tested or analyzed conforms or fails to conform to the contract requirements. Each report shall be conspicuously stamped on the cover sheet in large red letters a minimum of ½ inch high "CONFORMS" or "DOES NOT CONFORM" to the Specifications as the case may be.

G. All test reports shall be signed by a testing laboratory's authorized person and counter

signed by the Contractor. The testing agency shall provide all tests, reports, certifications and other documentation sent directly to the SEPTA PM at the same time results are made available to the Contractor.

H. The quality assurance functions shall include, but not be limited to.

· Contract Review

· Factory and Field Testing

· Document Control · Handling and Storage

· Procurement · Packaging and Shipping

· Shop Fabrication

· Quality Records

· Field Fabrication · Non Conformance Reporting

· Field Installation · Corrective Action (s)

· Field Assembly · QA Audits

· Receiving Inspections · Training

· Final Inspection

· Control of In Process Activities

· In process inspections · Identification and Traceability

I. The Contractor shall promptly reject work, which does not comply with the requirements of

the contract documents. If the contractor elects to propose that SEPTA accept work that is nonconforming, the contractor shall reimburse SEPTA for the costs associated with the review of the nonconforming work by the designer of record.

J. Develop quality assurance forms in a format acceptable to SEPTA for all major elements

of the Work including any additional elements K. The Contractor shall perform audits periodically, no less than four times a year, to maintain

level of quality. The results of these audits must be documented and shown to SEPTA on request.

1.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR



A. Document that each material, manufactured product and fabricated item is produced and

tested to comply with quality standards required by the contract documents. The Contractor shall perform audits periodically, no less than four times a year, to maintain level of quality.

B. Do not deliver material, manufactured product or fabricated item until certified quality

assurance documents are satisfactorily reviewed by SEPTA.

C. Do not schedule any factory tests/inspections by SEPTA until these documents are satisfactorily reviewed by SEPTA. Twenty-one (21) day’s prior written notice is mandatory for (re) scheduling any factory tests or inspections by SEPTA.

D. SEPTA reserves the right to source inspect the material, manufactured product or

fabricated item after acceptance of the certified quality assurance documents. Any and all costs related to reinspection(s) by SEPTA shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

E. The quality assurance documents shall identify any changes made to the material,

manufactured product or fabricated item as compared to the Contract requirements and approved shop drawings. The Contractor shall describe as to how each change will affect the installation, space and subsequent operations.

F. SEPTA's review of quality assurance documents and inspections shall not relieve the

Contractor from its "primary" responsibility for the quality of work. 1.07 CONTRACTOR QUALITY MANAGER (QM)

A. The Contractor shall identify an individual (QM) within its organization at the site of the

Work, who shall be responsible for overall management of Contractor's Quality Assurance/ Quality Control (CQC) system. An individual who has no other duties shall fill the function of the QM.

1. The QM shall be experienced in the performance and supervision of the inspections and tests required by the specifications.

2. The QM shall be on the work site at all times that work is taking place and have complete authority to take any action necessary to ensure conformance with the Contract.

3. The QM will be the point-of-contact for all quality matters. The QM is expected to represent the Contractor with respect to all QA audit and review activities performed on the Contractor by outside parties.

4. The QM shall be appointed by letter and may not be replaced without written permission form SEPTA.

5. The QM may take daily direction from the Contractors Superintendent however unless prohibited by organizational size the QM shall independently report to an official within the Contractor's organization who is separate from direct responsibility for the outcome



of the project.

6. The QM shall be responsible for the documented incoming inspection and determination of acceptability in conformance with Contract requirements of all material arriving at site.

7. Receiving inspection(s) shall include the review of associated documentation where necessary to verify the compliance of the item. Segregate and remove from the site, any nonconforming material.

1.08 SITE QUALITY CONTROL RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR

A. Unless otherwise specially allowed elsewhere in the contract, do not deliver reconditioned

material to site. Protect all stenciled markings, labels and any other type of identification(s) to clearly identify the originality of the material.

B. As soon as the material arrives at site, (but before beginning installation) provide to

SEPTA the original Bill of Lading and Certification that the material complies with the requirements of the contract documents.

C. Installation shall comply with approved shop drawings. Do not begin installation until

relevant installation shop drawings have been appropriately reviewed by SEPTA. If for any reason the material or component cannot be installed according to the approved shop drawing and the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer/fabricator the contractor is to alert the SEPTA immediately and not begin installation without concurrence from the SEPTA PM.

D. Perform necessary and specified tests and document the results. Replace material that

fails the tests at no cost to SEPTA.

E. Remove and replace material that is damaged in storage or in the performance of Work unless specifically accepted in writing by SEPTA's Project Manager.

F. No Work shall be performed at the site if the Contractor's Superintendent or his authorized

representative, as approved by SEPTA, is not present at the location where Work is being performed.

1.09 NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTS

A. A non-conformance report (NCR) shall be issued when any material or component does not meet the requirements of the contract documents in the opinion of the SEPTA Project Manager or other approved SEPTA personnel.

B. Once issued, the contractor has ten (10) days to challenge the NCR in a written response to the SEPTA PM.

C. Any NCR not withdrawn in writing by the SEPTA PM or other approved SEPTA personnel, must be corrected in a timely manner.

D. The contractor is obliged not to proceed with any work which would cover or reduce



access to the non-conforming work.

1.10 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND MONITORING PROGRAM

A. The contractor will be required to complete checklists, usually in the presence of a member of the SEPTA project team, at specific critical points of the project’s execution to verify quality assurance procedures. SEPTA reserves the right to provide these checklists and require their completion in a timely manner without prior notification.

1.11 SUGGESTED CONTENTS OF A QA/QC PLAN

The contractor’s inspection and testing plan must be specific and not generic; tailored to the actual requirements of the project. Most plans will include many of the following items:

A. Organization & Responsibilities

1. Provide an organizational chart showing who has responsibility for quality control functions and how they interact with the rest of the project team. The QA/QC team must report directly to upper management and not to the project manager overseeing day tot day activities of the project.

2. Supply brief resumes of key personnel 3. Document how the QA/QC personnel will oversee the QA/QC activities

subcontractors and fabricators.

B. Procedures and Documentation

1. Samples of logs and checklists to be used in QA/QC activities.

2. A schedule of tests, inspections and mock-ups required by the contract documents and governmental authorities

3. Procedures which guarantee that any material which must meet a specific test or other definition of quality is delivered to the job site accompanied by written verification that the material does meet these requirements. Included in this procedure is the process of gathering this information and retaining it by the contractor.

4. Procedures which insure that handling and storage instructions are obtained and followed for all material.

5. Procedures that insure that the contractor effectively controls documents at the job site. Included in this responsibility is a requirement that a copy of the most current construction documents is present at the job site at all times; including but not limited to drawings, specifications, addendum items, change orders and RFI’s.

C. Inspection and Testing Activities

1. List of inspection devices to be used by the contractor or a subcontractor which



must be calibrated, the proposed frequency of calibration and who will calibrate them.

2. Procedures to ensure that testing and inspections will be done in a timely manner and will not negatively impact the progress of the work.

3. Procedures to insure that mock-ups and preinstallation conferences are done in a timely manner and give the SEPTA PM sufficient time to participate and review them without negatively impacting the schedule.

4. Procedures that insure that material which fail tests or inspections is identified and segregated.

D. Audit Activities

1. Define how and how often the QA/QC efforts for key construction activities will be audited and how the results of this audit will be presented to the job superintendent.

2. Define when anticipated audits may be implemented.



Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 01500-1

SECTION 01500

CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor shall provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the performance of its Work, provide for public and employee safety and protect SEPTA property. This may include, but not necessarily limited to:

1. Temporary utilities such as heat, water, electricity, and telephone; 2. Field office for the Contractor and SEPTA personnel 3. Sanitary facilities 4. Enclosures such as tarpaulins, barricades and canopies; 5. First-aid facilities

6. Temporary fencing and other safety devices for pedestrian and vehicular traffic as well as isolating the construction area.

7. Entry Control 8. Personnel Identification 1.02 RELATED WORK

Agreement Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of section 01300.

B. If required by the SEPTA PM, the Contractor shall provide shop drawings (including sealed engineering drawings if requested) for any temporary facility.

1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING

The Contractor shall maintain and protect all temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the Work. For facilities visible to the public, the contractor will maintain them in an acceptable appearance and repair any vandalism within 24 hours or as requested by the SEPTA PM.

1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES



A. Water

1. The Contractor shall provide drinking water from an approved source, so piped or

transported as to keep it safe and fresh and served from single service containers or satisfactory types of drinking stands or fountains. All such facilities and services shall be furnished in strict accordance with existing governing health regulations.

2. Refer to the Agreement, Paragraph VIII.D. The Contractor shall protect pipes from

freezing during inclement weather and repair any vandalism.

B. Sanitary facilities:

1. Refer to the Agreement Paragraph VIII.D. 2. The contractor is prohibited from using existing toilet facilities – either those intended for

SEPTA personnel or those intended for the public at large. 3. The Contractor shall furnish for the work force on this project, the necessary toilets,

secluded from public observation. The toilets shall be kept in a clean, sanitary condition and shall comply with the requirements and regulations of the agencies having jurisdiction. The SEPTA PM must approve all toilet locations and may demand increased maintenance if he finds the level of maintenance unacceptable.

C. Power and Lighting:

1. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for all costs of temporary electrical and

lighting services required at the site for the proper performance and inspection of work. The level of lighting shall not be less than the existing. Lighting shall also be provided to all temporary public facilities at levels satisfactory to the SEPTA PM. Remove services and lighting after completion of work and repair of all damages.

2. The Contractor shall provide area distribution boxes so located that the individual trades

may furnish and use 100 ft. maximum length extension cords to obtain power and lighting at points where needed for work, inspection, and safety.

3. The Contractor shall provide all necessary items such as breakers, transformers, panel

boards, and cable required for the service. The Contractor shall provide a complete distribution system expanded as required during the construction including wiring devices, outlets, distribution panels, transformers, cable and other related work necessary to provide a temporary power system for use during construction.

4. The Contractor shall pay all costs associated with the utility tie-ins, physical plant,

maintenance of system throughout construction, removal of same at project completion and any other items necessary in providing temporary power and light.

5. The temporary power and lighting system shall at all times conform to the applicable



codes and regulations of OSHA, NEMA, UL, and the local municipality.

D. Telephones: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and pay costs for installation, maintenance and operation of direct line (non-pay type) telephone services in SEPTA's field office at the site. Portable (cellular) may be provided to fulfill this requirement at the SEPTA PM discretion.

E. Heating: The Contractor shall provide and maintain heat necessary for proper conduct

of operations. 1.06 ACCESS, STORAGE AND PARKING AREAS

A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 parking spaces adjacent to the SEPTA trailers within the compound for SEPTA vehicles.

B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary security for this compound area. The

Contractor shall provide all necessary keys to SEPTA's Project Manager to provide access to the compound at any time.

C. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a plan layout of the Compound

within 14 days after Notice to Proceed (NTP).

D. The Contractor shall coordinate the provision of utility services for all trailers and be responsible for all installation charges, removal costs at Project completion, and any periodic or other charges incidental to the provision of those utility services.

E. Upon final acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall clean up the work areas and

leave them in a neat and orderly condition. The Contractor shall dismantle and remove all temporary fencing and barricades and other temporary items installed, unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager. Repair damaged areas to their original condition.

1.07 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

A. Contractor's Field Office:

1. Furnish and maintain a field office with a telephone at the site during the entire period of construction. The Contractor’s superintendent shall be present at said office at all times while its work is in progress. Keep readily accessible, at the field office, copies of both the Contract Documents and the latest approved shop and working drawings.

2. Submit for SEPTA's written acceptance, working drawings showing proposed locations and size of offices and shops.

B. Field Office Security

The Contractor shall Guard against unauthorized or illegal entry and protect the field



office against vandalism, theft and mischief. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement and/or compensation for any items owned by SEPTA or SEPTA employees, which are related to the subject work, which are removed or damaged as the result of vandalism, theft, mischief or illegal entry to the field office.

C. Upon project completion, the Contractor shall assume ownership of and remove

temporary field offices and appurtenances from the job site, except as otherwise noted.

1.08 TEMPORARY BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES AND FENCING

A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary barricades required by the phasing plans or otherwise necessary for the safe execution of the project, including but not limited to barricades for designated contractor work areas, contractor laydown areas, and public access for areas that must remain open during a phase.

1. Where barricades are required outside a designated work area for the exclusive

use of a Contractor, that Contractor shall provide them. 2. SEPTA reserves the right to require the contractor to provide all necessary

barricades to insure the safety of SEPTA personnel and passengers as determined by the SEPTA PM, whose decision shall be final

B. Submit drawings of the proposed temporary barricades for SEPTA’s review. Do not

install barricades until the drawings for them have been reviewed by SEPTA. All barriers in confined spaces, as determined by the SEPTA PM, must be constructed to not contribute smoke to or support flame spread of a fire. To achieve this, such barriers shall be built of metal studs and Wonderboard style cement board.

C. Temporary Doors: The temporary barricades shall have a reasonable number of

hollow metal doors and frames, with locksets, at locations acceptable to SEPTA. The locksets on the doors requiring SEPTA access for operational and safety reasons shall be keyed to SEPTA’s standard lock system.

D. On a daily basis, the Contractor shall maintain the temporary barricades in a “like new”

condition. The Contractor shall remove graffiti and restore surfaces on a continual maintenance basis. Maintenance shall continue until the barricades are removed.

E. The Contractor is required to enclose areas required by SEPTA for access and

maintenance. If these areas are in public areas they shall be secured with temporary barricades and doors in accordance to 1.08 C&D above. The Contractor shall take all means to alleviate any or all tripping and falling hazards both within the work site but also in public areas. Areas where the general public or passengers may fall shall be secure and covered.

1.09 TEMPORARY SIGNAGE (CONSTRUCTION)



A. The contractor must provide an adequate number of signs to direct the public around

the construction site, as determined by the SEPTA PM. These signs must be professionally fabricated and maintained/replaced to keep an “as new” appearance.

B. The contractor must install project identification signs as defined in These signs must

be professionally fabricated and maintained/replaced to keep an “as new” appearance.

1.10 PROTECTION OF NEW WORK AND AREAS OUTSIDE OF THE PROJECT

A. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect new work (whether executed by him or others). All damage which does occur shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM at no cost to SEPTA.

B. The contractor must avoid damaging all property and facilities not included in the

project scope. All damage which does occur shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the SEPTA PM at no cost to SEPTA. If non-SEPTA property is damaged it must be repaired to the written satisfaction of the owner and at no cost to SEPTA.

1.11 DUST CONTROL

A. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to eliminate dust and dirt created during the construction process from entering non-project areas and those areas not owned by SEPTA. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning affected areas and restoring then to their preconstruction condition to the satisfaction of the property owner and at no cost to SEPTA.

1.12 SECURITY

A. The Contractor shall provide adequate security measures to protect material, equipment, and work from incidental and intentional damage or theft at project site locations, staging areas and fabrication yards.

B. The use of guard dogs and the possession of firearms on SEPTA property are prohibited.

C. The contractor shall be responsible for supplying the following security measures:

1. Exterior lighting of 20 – 30 lux within the yard areas.

2. 8’ high chain link fence enclosure with gate(s) so the yard areas may be fully secured during non-work periods. Chain link fence fabric to have openings no greater than 2 1/2”.

D. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a plan layout of the security measures within 10 days after Notice to Proceed (NTP). This information may be included in the compound plan required by 1.06 D above.





Mobilization 01505-1

SECTION 01505

MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This Section specifies the mobilization of the construction plant and equipment at the Work site; for materials and supplies necessary for the prosecution of the work, but not to be incorporated in the Work; for construction of temporary facilities; for work preparatory to commencing the Work and for demobilization of the construction plant.

1.02 RELATED WORK 1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submit within 14 days after the Notice to Proceed, a layout of the proposed construction site including fences, roads, buildings, trailers and storage areas. If non-SEPTA property is to be utilized, submit a proposal and obtain tentative approval for this arrangement before committing to any lease arrangements or other legal agreements for the use of this land.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Construction plant and equipment shall be of the capacity, type, quality, function and in the quantity necessary for the timely prosecution of the Work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

A. Construction plant, equipment, materials, supplies, temporary buildings, facilities and other items necessary for mobilization shall be available at the work site at the times they are to be built, used, installed or operated.

B. Construction plant location shall be approved by SEPTA and shall be appropriately

close to the portion of the Work for which it will be used. The construction plant, including equipment and personnel, shall have sufficient capacity, in the opinion of the Project Manager, to permit a rate of progress which will insure completion of the Work within the contract time required by the Agreement and shall also have sufficient excess capacity for emergencies and overloading.

The Project Manager shall have the right to reject construction plants and apparatus


Mobilization 01505-2

which, are in its opinion, unsafe, improper, or inadequate. Rejected construction plants and apparatus shall be brought to acceptable condition or shall be removed from the jobsite by the Contractor.

3.02 DEMOBILIZATION

A. Upon completion of the Work. The Contractor shall remove construction plant, equipment, materials, supplies, temporary building, facilities and other items that were necessary for mobilization. The Contractor shall return the area allocated for the construction plant to its condition prior to the start of the Work.



Maint. & Protection of Vehicles, Pedestrians, & Passengers 01570-1

SECTION 01570

MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF VEHICLES, PEDESTRIANS AND PASSENGERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The Work specified in this Section will cover scaffolding and other passenger protection as well as the furnishing, installing, maintaining, and subsequently removing of temporary traffic control devices, and temporary traffic striping and markings; furnishing flagmen and police protection, as required by the local Jurisdiction. If the work does require flagging and affects a state highway, the flagman must receive state training and approval. The Work also includes controlling, warning, guiding, and protecting vehicles and pedestrian traffic on streets and sidewalks affected by construction of the Project, and adjacent to worksite; maintenance and control of SEPTA passengers on, or adjacent to, the worksite, ensuring unimpeded access to buildings and/or SEPTA Facilities adjacent to the worksite; and the closing of streets and sidewalks; all as specified and directed by the Contract Documents including Maintenance of Traffic and Construction Phasing Contract Drawings.

B. The Contract Drawings detail the SEPTA approved passenger control plan required for the

Work. The Contractor(s) passenger control plan can be submitted with the work plan (Section 01010) and Site Specific Work Plan, if applicable.

Any proposed changes to passenger control plan shall be shown on working drawings prepared by the Contractor and shall be submitted to the Project Manager for SEPTA’s review.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety

Section 01300 Submittals Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01520 Temporary Construction Section 01530 Barriers and Enclosures

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan (TCP) to SEPTA for approval (copy to Project Manager) before starting Work; submit an updated TCP every time it becomes necessary to modify traffic operation or undertake construction ". The TCP shall show and describe proposed locations and time durations of the following as required:



1. Pedestrian and public vehicular traffic routing.

2. Traffic blockage and lane reductions anticipated to be caused by construction operations.

3. Allowable on-street parking within immediate vicinity of worksite.

4. Access to buildings immediately adjacent to worksite.

5. Driveways which will, and those which will not, be blocked by construction

operations.

6. Temporary traffic control devices required on streets and sidewalks affected by construction.

7. Temporary commercial and industrial loading and unloading zones. 8. Police Traffic Protection if required

C. The Contractor shall submit a Passenger or Pedestrian Control Plan in accordance with

the construction Phasing Drawings. All Passenger control signage shall be submitted to SEPTA for review prior to Fabrication.


A. Referenced Standards:

1. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation, PennDOT Standard Specifications, Publication 408, latest edition.

2. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation, Publication No.

203, Work Zone Traffic Control, latest edition

B. A color proof of all graphics must be reviewed by SEPTA prior to fabrication and use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STATION CONTROL DEVICES

A. All signs shall be of commercial quality and shall conform to SEPTA’s graphic design standards. Submit all signs for review by SEPTA at least ten (10) working days in advance of any work that will disrupt pedestrian movement, disrupt transit operations, or necessitate closing of stairways, entrances, etc. Do not perform the work until the signs are in place.

PART 3 - EXECUTION



3.01 CONTROLLING VEHICULAR, PEDESTRIAN ACCESS AND FLOW ADJACENT TO WORKSITE /AND/OR STATION

A. Fabricate and install passenger control signage and other devices according to the approved

passenger control plan.

B. Maintain each sign throughout the project in a “like new” condition, free of all unrelated signs, posters, painting, advertising and defacement of any kind. Replace signs as necessary to maintain them in the “like new” conditions.

C. Immediately remove all signs from the site and repair damages when the temporary

condition no longer is necessary.




SECTION 01590

FIELD OFFICE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work

A. At a location acceptable to the Project Manager and within thirty (30) days after receipt of Notice to

Proceed, the Contractor (GC) shall provide and maintain until completion of the Work a temporary field office for the occupancy and use of SEPTA and its employees, with a minimum of 600 square feet of usable area divided into three (3) independent areas, capable to be isolated from each other with doors that can lock and equipped as specified in this section. At the completion of the work the Contractor shall provide for the removal of the temporary field office.

1.02 Related Work Section 01010: Summary of Work Section 01500: Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls

1.03 Submittals

A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice to Proceed a plan detailing SEPTA’s Office and associated appendentures including parking and a bill of materials of all required office equipment and supplies for the review of the Project Manager.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 Standard Equipment

A. Furnish the SEPTA field office with the following good quality used or new equipment and furniture

as indicated below. Maintain this equipment in good operating condition until punch list corrective work is completed and accepted by SEPTA.

B. Furniture 1. (2) Double kneehole desk (2 -60" x 30" and 1 -48" x 40") with file drawer and three drawers, all

lockable, and with swivel 5-star base armchair for each desk. 2. (1) New hanging plan storage racks on casters with 24" wide binders (total of 30), similar to

Bruning Superfile Rolling Stands with channel assemblies, catalog # 58-212-24001, or approved equal.

3. (1) Drafting table (60" x 36") with drawer and stool 4. (2) Folding table 36” x 54” 5. (10) Folding Chairs 6. (1) File cabinet with four drawers (legal size), lock and two keys 7. (1) Bookcase (36" x 42") with four shelves. 8. (1) White board with dry-erase markers.



C. Electronic Equipment 1. (1) New 19” laptop computer with the following minimum specifications: Intel Core 2 Duo

T7300, 3.0 GHz Processor or faster, Wi-Fi capability included (Wi-Fi ready that includes a wireless router and high speed modem, connected via a cat5, Ethernet, cable and a pc card installed in the computer), 2G memory or more, 4 GB maximum memory capability, Microsoft Windows 7, 4GB Ram, 128 MB Video Card, 500 GB minimum hard Drive, complete with 8X HD DVD-R/DVD + RW/DVD-RAM/DVD+R DL, 800 MHz front side bus speed, nVidia GeForce 8600M GT Video hardware, 512 MB dedicated, 767MB total available Video Memory, lithium-ion battery, 1 FireWire ports, 19 in one media/smart card reader (or separate USB card reader, Microsoft Office 2010 Small Business, Firewall, antivirus and internet security suite. Confirm specific configuration with SEPTA prior to purchase. Extended keyboard with extended keypad & mouse, speakers, 1GB Etehernet LAN Adapter, Monitor Stand for docking station. Add Docking Station and the ability to connect the laptop to multiple devices simultaneously using a single interface. It must have the flowing ports: VGA, parallel, Serial, PS/2(2), USB 2.0 (4 min.) RJ-11 & RJ-45. Machine must be connected to the internet during all working hours via a 4G network card or other similar device.

2. (1) Laser printer with 600 x 1 200 dpi resolution and 27 pages per minute printing capabilities, with network capabilities, scanning and additional 11”x17” paper tray, 160 MB, 533MHz Processor.

3. (1) New digital camera 13.0 megapixel resolution,12x optical zoom, 5.7x digital zoom, 4” LCD, memory card xD Card/micro xD card, minimum 1G. Second battery, charging adapter and case and USB connectivity.

4. (1) Automatic drip coffee machine with all necessary supplies 5. (1) Small refrigerator 6. (1) New “smart” cell phone with AT&T or approved equal system. Device shall be able to

make calls and send/receive emails and texts. Contractor to maintain and pay all costs associated with this item for the duration of the project.

D. Office Supplies

1. Continuous supply of 8.5x 11 White Paper 2. Continuous supply of 11x17 White Paper 3. (1) Box of Blue, Red and Black Pens 4. (10) 8.5x11 Ruled Writing Tablets 5. (10) 8.5x11 Graph Paper Tablets 6. (2) Boxes of Hanging File Folders 7. (2) Boxes of Manila Folders 8. (10) 2” Three Ring Binders 9. (2) Staplers and tape dispensers; staples and tape. 10. (1) Heavy-duty stapler with staples. Swingline Strongarm 113 or approved equal. 11. (1 of each) Rubber Stamps

a. File Copy b. Date Received c. No Exceptions Taken", "Proceed As Noted", "Revise and Resubmit" and Rejected". Submit

stamps for SEPTA approval. 12. (2) Stamp pads (red and black) 13. (2) Ink bottles (red and black) 14. (1) Electrically-operated pencil sharpener



15. (1) 3-hole punch 16. (1) 2-hole punch. 17. (2) Rolls of brown packing paper with heavy duty packing tape. 18. (1) Trash Can 19. (1) Recycling Can

E. Inspection Supplies

1. (1) 12" hand level 2. (1) String level 3. (1) Plumb bob with string and pouch 4. (1) Box of keel (lumber crayons) 5. (1) Measuring wheel, as made by Rolatape or approved equal. 6. (1) Dry mil paint thickness gauge 7. (2) Concrete thermometers w/portable data loggers, capable of taking and storing temperature

readings a period of 2 weeks, Led on indicator, downloadable into computer via a Serial USB base station (LogTag, HoboproV2 or approved equals)

8. (2) Magnetic surface thermometers 9. (1) 100 foot fiberglass tape measure 10. (1) 25 foot tape measure 11. (2) 5 foot folding stick ruler 12. Macklanburg-Duncan #92379 24” SmartTool with Module

F. Comfort Supplies

1. (1) Paper cup dispenser and paper cups 2. (1) Paper towel dispenser and continuous supply of paper towels 3. Continuous supply of soap, hand sanitizer and toilet paper. 4. (1) Water cooler unit with hot and cold spigots, refrigerator and water.

G. Safety Supplies 1. (2) Fire extinguisher, 5 pound ABC type 2. (2) Complete first aid kits

H. All the above items shall be turned over to SEPTA permanently at the completion of the project.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 Office

A. Weathertight, with barred windows and doors, each equipped with screens and adequate locking

devices. Exterior doors shall be equipped with cylinder locks and dead bolts, both keyed alike with two keys and also provided with burglar-proof bars and locks across the doors. Interior doors shall be equipped with cylinder locks as well, each keyed separately with two keys for each.

B. Insulated exterior wall, ceilings and floors.

C. Floor covered with resilient flooring material such as VCT or linoleum.



D. Restroom with lavatory, toilet, soap holder, toilet paper, holders, paper towel dispenser, wastepaper basket, mirror, and hot and cold water supply, or restroom facilities commensurate with Contractor's own on-site facilities.

E. Sufficient lighting to provide a minimum of 100-foot candles at desk light uniformly in all areas.

F. Grounded duplex electrical receptacles around interior walls at approximately 10-foot spacing.

G. Automatically controlled heating and air-conditioning systems with thermostats, capable of maintaining the office at an ambient temperature ranging between 64 and 78 degrees F. The Contractor shall provide fuel and bear all costs in connection therewith.

H. The Contractor shall provide water, sewer, and electrical utility service as required.

3.02 Maintenance and Service

A. The Contractor shall provide all electrical tie-ins for the field office and provide continuous maintenance of utility tie-ins during the construction period.

B. The Contractor shall provide continuous maintenance during the construction period including daily janitorial service for offices and toilet facilities and provide toiletry supplies as necessary. The Contractor shall clean the windows bi-weekly.

C. The Contractor shall repair or refinish damaged areas as required.

D. The Contractor shall provide supplies for the copying machine for an average usage of approximately 500 copies per month.

E. The Contractor shall repair or replace copying machine, laser printer and other related equipment within 48 hours of becoming inoperable or defective.

F. The Contractor shall pay cost of all utilities.

3.03 SEPTA Parking

A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of two (2) parking spaces at the trailer location for SEPTA's use.

3.04 Security

A. The Contractor shall guard against unauthorized or illegal entry and protect the field office against vandalism, theft and mischief. The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement and/or compensation for any item owned by the SEPTA or its employees, which are related to the subject work, removed or damaged as the result of vandalism, theft, mischief or illegal entry to the field office.

3.05 Removal



A. Upon project completion, the Contractor shall remove temporary field office and appurtenances

from the worksite.

END OF SECTION


Material and Equipment 01600-1

SECTION 01600

MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

Work of this section includes:

A. Manufacturer’s Recommendations

B. Fulfilling SEPTA sustainability goals and the reuse of materials

C. Transportation and handling

D. Storage and protection

E. Repairs and replacements

F. Product options 1.02 RELATED WORK

SEPTA Agreement, Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01300 Submittals Section 01400 Quality Requirement

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. The Contractor shall include in its Quality Assurance Program all procedures that are required to assure the proper handling, storage and installation of all materials and equipment.

B. The contractor must identify the country of origin for all materials subject to source restrictions such as the “Buy America” requirements. Specifically stated relief, including acknowledgement of the country of origin, from these regulations must be obtained in writing before installation of any non-conforming material. Merely obtaining clearance for non-conforming material through the submittal process, even if the country or origin is stated, shall not be interpreted as providing this relief.

C. The contractor shall turn over copies of all bills of lading, packing slips, labels, quality assurance test results and other information which establishes that materials delivered to the job site are consistent with the requirements of the construction documents to the SEPTA PM.

D. The contractor shall maintain on site a copy of storage and installation instructions and Material Safety Data Sheets for all materials being used in the project.



1.05 MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS:

The Contractor shall comply with manufacturers' recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection except as noted in the Contract Documents or otherwise approved by SEPTA. If the contract documents deviate from any manufacturer’s recommendations for material utilization and/or installation, the contractor shall bring this to the attention of the SEPTA Project Manager and obtain clarification before proceeding.

1.06 FULFILLING SEPTA SUSTAINABILITY GOALS AND THE REUSE OF MATERIALS

A. For materials identified elsewhere as required to meet specific sustainability goals, the contractor will keep all documentation necessary to establish that specific materials were used in a manner which meets these requirements.

B. The Contractor shall not reuse materials and equipment found on the existing premises, except as specifically called for by the Contract Documents or as approved through the change order process. If materials are called to be reused, their use shall be documented to the satisfaction of the SEPTA Project Manager and in sufficient detail to fulfill all sustainability documentation requirements.

1.07 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. The Contractor shall transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Excessive damage during transport and unloading, as judged by the SEPTA PM, may be grounds for rejection of that material.

B. The Contractor shall promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

C. The Contractor shall provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to

prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

D. The Contractor shall deliver and have delivered products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible.

1. The Contractor shall maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact

until time of installation. 2. The Contractor shall promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job

site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to SEPTA.

E. SEPTA may reject, as non-complying, material and products that do not bear satisfactory

identification as to manufacturer, country of origin, grade, quality, and other pertinent information.



1.08 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.

B. The Contractor shall store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled enclosures.

1. Material subject to moisture damage shall be inspected. Any material which has sustained damage will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of the SEPTA project Manager at no cost to SEPTA.

C. For exterior storage of fabricated products which are intended for exterior installation; the

Contractor shall provide above ground sloped supports as a minimum storage strategy. Components shall be appropriately protected from the weather. This storage is subject to the approval of the SEPTA PM.

D. The availability of laydown areas may be limited. Unless otherwise directed by the contract

documents, the Contractor shall make off-site arrangements for storage, staging, and deliver material to the site as required to not affect work progress of other contractors and/or create unsafe conditions.

E. The Contractor shall protect all finished surfaces and equipment. F. The Contractor shall provide protection for finished floor surfaces prior to allowing equipment

or materials to be moved over such surfaces. G. The Contractor shall maintain finished surfaces and equipment clean, unmarred, and suitably

protected until final acceptance by SEPTA. 1.09 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS:

A. In event of damage, the Contractor shall promptly make replacements and repairs at no additional cost to SEPTA. Do not install damaged material.

B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by

SEPTA as justification for extension to contract time. 1.10 PRODUCT OPTIONS & SUBSTITUTIONS

A. If a product becomes unavailable during the construction process, the contractor must submit an alternative following the normal submittal review process in Section 01300. Under no circumstances may a contractor install an alternate material from that which was submitted, no matter how closely the substitute resembles the original, without the written permission of the SEPTA PM.



Contract Closeout 01700-1

SECTION 01700

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section specifies the requirements for closing out the Contract and supplements requirements specified in Paragraph XII of the Agreement.

B. Contract closeout is the term used to describe the collective requirements that are to be

fulfilled at the end of the Contract term in preparation for final acceptance and occupancy of the Work by SEPTA, as well as final payment to the Contractor and the completion of the Contract.

C. Prior to the completion of the whole project, and at the discretion of the SEPTA PM, a

Certificate of Substantial Completion may be issued for portions of the Work completed to the full satisfaction of SEPTA in accordance with 1.03 below.

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS Agreement Section 01710 Final Cleaning Section 01720 Project As-Built Documents 1.03 PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. General: The Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the Project Manager's inspection for certification of substantial completion for the Work of the Contract. The Contractor shall list known exceptions in the request.

1. In the progress payment request that coincides with, or is the first request following the

date substantial completion is claimed, activities should be either 100 percent complete for the portion of the Work claimed as "substantially complete," or provide a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete Work, and reasons for the Work being incomplete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in the Contract Documents.

2. Submit written certification to the Project Manager that the project, or designated portion

thereof, is substantially complete. 3. Submit the list of items to be completed or corrected and material delivery dates of major

items, as applicable. 4. Advise SEPTA of pending insurance change-over requirements. 5. All contract record documents, maintenance manuals, warranties, and bonds shall be



submitted as defined in the Agreement and Sections 01720, 01750, and 01830 (if applicable).

6. Obtain and submit releases enabling SEPTA full, unrestricted use of the Work and

access to services and utilities. Where required, include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases.

7. Deliver any access tools and material stock as required and further defined in Section

01830. 8. Change out locks, transmit keys and transfer security provisions if required by the

Specifications as defined in Section 01650. 9. Start up testing and demonstration of equipment and systems shall be completed as

specified in Section 01810. 10. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from the

project site as directed by the Project Manager along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements.

11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. For damaged new

and existing paint, repair in accordance with Section 09900 Section 3.06. 12. All building operations, maintenance and owner education instructions for the SEPTA's

personnel shall be completed as defined in Section 01830 and in the International Green Construction Code.

B. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Contractor's request and submittal for inspection,

the Project Manager will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unresolved prerequisites.

1. Following the initial inspection or before (see below), the Project Manager will either

prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion or advise the Contractor of Work which must be performed before the certificate will be issued. The Project Manager will repeat the inspection when requested and when assured that the Work has been completed.

SEPTA reserves the right to halt inspections at any time if in the opinion of the SEPTA PM, the incomplete items of work are either too numerous or too complex to qualify the project as substantially complete.

2. Results of the completed inspection will form the initial "punch list" for final acceptance

but this list may be modified at the discretion of the SEPTA PM. 3. The "punch list" shall include a reasonable time period to effectuate the work, which is

mutually agreed upon by all parties.



1.04 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. General: The Contractor shall complete the following before requesting the Project Manager's final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment as required by the Agreement, specifically sections regarding the Contractor and Payment and Completion. The Contractor shall list known exceptions, if any, in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not

previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.

2. Submit an updated final statement to account for final additional changes to the Contract

sum. 3. Submit a Certified copy of the Project Manager's final "punch list" which documents all

work which has been completed. 4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel and similar data

as of the date of Substantial Completion or as of the date SEPTA took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work, if required.

5. Submit Consent of Surety. Affidavit of Payments of Debts and Claims, Affidavit of

Release of Liens. General Release by Trade Contractor of Owner, Guarantee against Defects, any Warranties and Maintenance Bonds. Any special documentation such as copy of Engineer or DER Permits or Certification of Occupancy.

6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage, which complies with insurance

requirements.

7. The Contractor shall also issue final project records in an electronic format. Electronic files shall be in a format approved by the SEPTA PM for each specific item. Electronic files shall be organized and named per applicable section or naming protocol as provided by the SEPTA PM.

8. The SEPTA PM may elect progressive submissions of specific listed items during the course of the work. Electronic files shall be created for the following items:

Submittals

Construction Permits

As-Built Drawings

Manufacturers’ Warrantees

Construction Photographs

Approved Shop Drawings

Testing Service Results



Concrete Delivery Forms

Steel Certifications

All Engineering, design and calculations

Documentation required by regulatory requirements.

Accident Reports.

B. Reinspection Procedure: The Project Manager will re-inspect the Work upon receipt of the

Contractor’s notice that the Work, including “punch list” items resulting from earlier inspections, has been completed except for those items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Project Manager.

1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Project Manager will either prepare a Certificate of

Final Acceptance or will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but which are required for final acceptance.

2. SEPTA reserves the right to halt inspections at any time if it becomes apparent that the incomplete items of work are either too numerous or too complex to qualify the project as substantially complete.

3. If necessary, the reinspection procedure will be repeated.



Final Cleaning 01710-1

SECTION 01710

FINAL CLEANING PART I – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION:

The section details work for preparing the site and/or facility for substantial completion. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.03 SUBMITTALS

In accordance with Section 01300 provide information on the proposed cleaning materials and chemicals for the review of the SEPTA Project Manager including but not limited to MSDS Sheets.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. In addition to the standards described in this Section, the Contractor shall comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

B. "Clean," for the purpose of the Article, and except as may be specifically provided otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaners using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials.

C. For any finishes, SEPTA may require a sample test area be cleaned to insure compatibility

and to set a standard for final appearance. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT:

The Contractor shall provide required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to achieve the specified standard of cleanliness.

2.02 COMPATIBILITY:

A. The Contractor shall use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material and acceptable to SEPTA.

B. The Contractor shall replace surfaces damaged from improper use of material and/or cleaning

methods at no cost to SEPTA.



PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 FINAL CLEANING:

A. The Contractor shall, prior to turning over the substantially completed area to SEPTA maintenance, remove from the area all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. If any of the Contractor's work continues in the substantially completed area, the Contractor shall continue the cleaning specified in Section 01500. Schedule a final cleaning date as approved by SEPTA with sufficient time for a post-cleaning inspection walk through with the SEPTA PM and a contractor’s representative.

B. Site:

1. Unless otherwise specifically directed by SEPTA, the Contractor shall sweep grade areas

within the contract limit and paved areas adjacent to the site. 2. The Contractor shall completely remove resultant debris. 3. The Contractor shall remove graffiti from all surfaces and restore surface to original

condition.

C. Structures

1. The Contractor shall visually inspect all existing and finished surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, graffiti and other foreign matter.

2. The Contractor shall remove all traces of splashed materials from structure within contract

limit and from adjacent surfaces. 3. If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of cleanliness, the Contractor shall wash the

exterior of the structure with high pressure detergent. 4. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with detergent, the Contractor shall utilize

other cleaning methods (including light particle blasting if needed) subject to SEPTA’s written approval and at no additional cost to SEPTA.

5. The Contractor shall remove paint droppings, spots, stains and dirt from existing and

finished surfaces. 6. The Contractor shall clean existing and new glass surfaces and frames, both inside and

outside before and after applying anti-vandal film to surfaces as called for in the contract.

D. Finished Surface:

1. The Contractor shall remove all labels and tags, which are strictly used for the convenience of manufacturing, assembly, installation and identification. Remove all label residue.



2. The Contractor shall clean glass and glazing to a polished condition. Remove

substances, which are noticeable on surfaces. Replace any broken glass and damaged transparent materials.

3. The Contractor shall clean stainless steel surfaces (including screens) of all foreign

material. Use cleaners as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by SEPTA. 4. The Contractor shall clean existing and new tile surfaces including the grout joints to a dirt

and graffiti free condition.

E. Equipment & Lighting:

1. The Contractor shall wipe surfaces of all mechanical and electrical equipment including system components to a dirt free condition. Touch up the painted surfaces to match with the overall finish of the equipment/system component.

2. Insure that the equipment and system components are properly identified as required by

the Contract Documents, and applicable codes. Confirm that all cover plates are installed properly and locked if applicable. Missing or broken cover plates and those which don’t fit and lock properly must be replaced.



Project As-Builts 01720-1

SECTION 01720

PROJECT AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The Contractor, throughout progress of the Work, shall maintain an accurate record of changes to the Contract Drawings and Specifications.

B. The Contractor shall at the time of substantial completion, but prior to requesting release of

retainage, transfer the changes to a set of Final As-Built Documents, which shall include an As-Built set of Construction Drawings and an annotated set of Specifications.

C. The Contractor shall in addition to the defined requirements to provide paper copies, also

provide approved Final As-Built Documents in an electronic format for SEPTA’s future use. The format of these electronic files shall be approved by the SEPTA PM prior to submission.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, the Agreement and Division 1 of these Specifications.

B. Other requirements affecting Project As-Built Documents may appear in other pertinent

sections of these Specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.

B. A set of As-Built drawings and specifications to be delivered in electronic formats, both PDF and original file format, AutoCAD .dwg and Word .doc.


A. Accuracy of Records:

1. The Contractor shall thoroughly coordinate changes within the As-Built Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.

2. Accuracy of records shall be such that investigations to determine actual installed items

may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Final Record



Documents.

B. The Contractor shall make entries on the As-Built Documents on a weekly basis to include all changes to the Work performed during the last week to confirm they are an accurate representation of the As-Built conditions.

C. The Contractor shall transfer "job set" information to a set of Final As-Built Documents in a

neat and professional manner. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING

The Contractor shall maintain the “job set” of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the Final As-Built Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Job Set:

Following receipt of SEPTA's Notice to Proceed, the Contractor, shall secure from SEPTA one complete set of all drawings and specifications comprising the Contract Documents. This “job set” will be maintained at the site to record all As-Built changes.

B. Final As-Built Documents:

The Final As-Built Documents are to include:

1. Updated As-Builts of the original Contract Drawings. 2. Additional As-Built Drawings as necessary, to describe changes during the Contract

period that could not be included on the original contract drawings. 3. Annotated Specifications to include Contract Specifications with all changes made during

the Contract period. 4. “As installed” versions of same size drawings of all fabrication, detail and installation

drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET

A. The Contractor shall, immediately upon receipt of the job set described in Paragraph 2.01, A. above, identify each of the Documents with the title "AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS - JOB SET."



B. Preservation:

1. The Contractor shall devise a suitable method for protecting the As-Built Job Set (job set)

in consideration of the Contract duration, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination; the transfer of information on Final As-Build Documents; and the conditions under which these activities will be performed.

2. The Contractor shall not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data, for

review by SEPTA and for the transfer of data to Final As-Built Documents. 3. Maintain the job set at the site of Work.

C. Making entries on Drawings:

1. The Contractor shall utilize an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil) to

clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. 2. The Contractor shall date all entries. 3. The Contractor shall call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or

areas affected. 4. The Contractor shall in the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the

overlapping changes.

D. Revisions:

1. The Contractor shall transfer all changes to respective Specifications and/or Drawings set (if appropriate) immediately, as the change is approved.

2. The Contractor shall make appropriate entries in the drawings as soon as the change is

incorporated in the field. E. Conversion of schematic layouts:

1. The Contract drawings may indicate arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and

similar items shown schematically, and is not intended to portray precise physical layout. Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to SEPTA's written

approval. However, design of future modifications of the facility requires accurate information as to the final physical layout of items, which must be schematically shown on the Final As-Built Drawings.

2. Show on the job set of As-Built Drawings, by dimension accurate to within English



Dimensioning Standards, the centerline of each run of items such as are described in subparagraph 3.01E.1 above.

a. The Contractor shall clearly identify the item by accurate note such as "cast iron

drain", "galv. conduit," and the like. b. The Contractor shall show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the item ("under

slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like). c. The Contractor shall make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be

related reliably to the Specifications. 3.02 FINAL PROJECT RECORD INFORMATION

A. The purpose of the Final Project As-Built Documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modifications of the Work to proceed without lengthy and extensive site measurement, investigation, and examination.

B. Accuracy of Record Data Prior to Transfer: The Contractor is solely responsible for accurate transfer of all field changes and preparing

additional reproducible drawings and specification pages. C. Transfer of Data to Drawings:

1. The Contractor shall carefully transfer change data shown on the job set to the Final As-

Built Documents coordinating the changes as required. 2. The Contractor shall clearly indicate at each affected detail and master drawing a full

description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 3. The Contractor shall call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the areas

affected. 4. The Contractor shall make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper media to

assure longevity and clear reproduction. 5. The Contractor shall prepare additional reproducible drawings in the same size as the

original contract drawings for changes to details (including installation and fabrication drawings) incorporated in the construction that could not be corrected on the As-Built drawings. These drawings shall be adequately identified and cross-referenced with pertinent Drawing(s) to make it part of the Final As-Built Documents.

D. Transfer of Data to Specifications:



The Contractor shall accurately and legibly transfer all information from job set to Final Annotated Project Record Specifications Set.

E. Review and Submittal:

1. The Contractor shall submit the completed set of Final As-Built Documents to SEPTA. 2. The Contractor shall participate in review meetings as required. 3. The Contractor shall make required changes and promptly deliver the Final Project As-

Built Documents to SEPTA. 4. The Contractor shall sign each sheet of the record drawings, certifying that they are an

accurate representation of the As-Built condition. 5. The Final approved set of As-Built Documents shall be conveyed as copies of the

electronic sets.

3.03 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE

A. The Contractor has no responsibility for recording changes in the Work subsequent to Final Completion, except for changes resulting from work performed under Warranty.



Demolition 02050-1

SECTION 02050

DEMOLITION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The work of this section consists of the demolition, removal and disposal of the existing building roof and appurtenances indicated on the drawings at the following location:

1. Wyndmoor Station, Chestnut Hill East Line

The Work shall include but not be limited to complete demolition and removal as follows:

a. Existing platform infill panels between canopy columns. b. Existing canopy roof over stairs and top of ramp including roofing, flashing, coping,

infill panels, columns, and joists. c. Existing inbound station building doors and windows. d. Existing outbound waiting room cmu wall.

2. Provide record documentation of the site and surrounding properties prior to, during and after demolition work in accordance with Division 1.

3. Obtain all applicable permits.

4. Protect all surrounding properties from demolition activities including the control of dust and noise.

5. Complete removal and proper disposal of the demolished materials.

6. Protect existing facilities to remain and close any openings to remain caused by the demolition.

7. Protect from damage the existing rail.

8. Broom sweep paved work areas and remove all debris from the track and adjacent areas upon completion of work for each outage and/or prior to SEPTA restoring service to area.

9. Prior to demolition, the Contractor shall submit to SEPTA a written demolition plan.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01045 Cutting and Patching Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01065 Rail Division Safety Requirements Section 13280 Asbestos Abatement Section 13285 Lead Paint Removal


Demolition 02050-2

1.03 REFERENCES

The publications below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.

A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

1. ANSI A10.6 (1990) Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations

B. US National Archives and Records Administration (NARA)

1. 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M National Emission Standard for Asbestos

2. 29 CFR 1926 OSHA

C. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA)

1. NFPA 241 Safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations

D. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of Transportation

1. Publication 408M

E. All Federal, State and Local rules, regulations and codes governing this work.

1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the Project Manager. The work includes demolition, removal, and proper disposal of resulting rubbish and debris. Rubbish and debris shall be removed from SEPTA property daily, unless otherwise directed, to avoid accumulation at the demolition site. In the interest of occupational safety and health, the work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable Federal, State, and local rules, regulations, and codes governing this work. If applicable; salvaged items and materials shall be disposed of as specified. The Contractor shall furnish copies of all permits prior to the start of the work.

B. All demolition work shall be in strict accordance with The Pennsylvania Code, Title 34, Part 1, Chapter 5, Subchapter B – Demolition Work and all other federal, State, City of Philadelphia rules, regulations, and codes.

C. Confine movements and operations to the existing project limits. Do not deposit construction material, junk, debris, organic material, trash, or rubbish on private property or enter private property without first obtaining the written consent of the property owner or owners, and filing a copy of the consent with SEPTA.

D. The Contractor shall provide barricading and dust/debris protection to SEPTA personnel.

E. SEPTA does not assume responsibility for the condition of the various structure to be demolished, loss of fixtures, equipment, material, or other objects between submittal of the proposal and actual possession of the buildings.


Demolition 02050-3

F. Remove and legally dispose of material taken from within the project limits as well as debris and rubbish, except items of specified in the Contract Documents and material required for backfilling. Materials shall be recycled to the fullest extent possible.

G. Remove material from the project limits as it accumulates. Conduct no sale of material while within the project limits.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.

B. Work and Demolition Plan: The procedures proposed for the accomplishment of the work. The procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, including procedures and methods to provide necessary supports, lateral bracing and shoring when required, careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, and timely disconnection of utility services. The Contractor shall determine the means and methods to perform the demolition. The procedures shall include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the sequence of operations.

Demolition plan shall include procedures for careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, coordination with other work in progress, a disconnection schedule of utility services, and site lighting, a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation and of the sequence of operations. Include statements affirming Contractor inspection of the existing roof deck and its suitability to perform as a safe working platform or if inspection reveals a safety hazard to workers, state provisions for securing the safety of the workers throughout the performance of the work

C. Proposed dust and noise control measures.

D. Photographs, video, and other documentation of sufficient detail of existing conditions of the project site and surrounding properties, roadways, sidewalks, construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by the contractor’s activities. This shall be submitted prior to start of Work.

E. Proof of legal disposal: Landfill or recycling facility records for record purposes indicating the receipt and acceptance of all wastes by a facility licensed to accept the type of waste received. Provide original documentation to SEPTA.

F. Copies of all required permit applications and issued permits and releases required to perform the work.

G. Copies of all notifications required to perform the work.

H. Schedule of demolition activities indicating the following:

1. Submittal schedule with review by SEPTA


Demolition 02050-4

2. Required notifications and permits. 3. Mobilization and demobilization. 4. Detailed sequence for demolition and removal work. 5. Site restoration

I. Closeout Submittals in accordance with specification sections 01700.

1.06 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with the requirements of specification Section 01060 and 01065, as well as all federal, state, and local regulations. In addition to the requirements of the "Contract Clauses" and Division 1 of the specifications, safety requirements shall conform with ANSI A10.6.

B. Comply with the Pennsylvania Code, Title 34, Part 1, Chapter 5, Subchapter B – Demolition Work, all other Federal, State, and City of Philadelphia rules, regulations, and codes governing the demolition and construction activities, and all other activities associated with The Work under this contract.

C. Notifications: Furnish timely notification of demolition as required by applicable governing regulations. Notify the Septa Project Manager within 10 working days prior to the commencement of work in accordance with 40 CFR 61-SUBPART M.

D. Furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, steady burn lights, flashing warning lights, and warning and "Keep Out" signs where the placing of such protective devices is warranted, as directed by the Project Manager, and as required by this specification.

E. Provide, erect, light, and maintain suitable footway shelter platforms, as required by law, as directed, and as required by this specification.

F. Satisfactorily prevent or control dust resulting from demolition and in compliance with by specification Section 01060.

1.07 DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL

A. Comply with the requirements of specification Section 01060 and prevent the spread of dust and debris off site and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as, but not limited to, ice, flooding, or pollution. Sweep pavements and adjacent roadways as often as necessary to control the spread of debris off site.

B. Provide engineering controls and implement safe work practices to minimize the generation and dispersal of lead dust during demolition activities.

C.


Demolition 02050-5

1.08 PROTECTION

A. Provide protection in conformance with specification Section 01060 and this section.

B. Existing Work: Before beginning any demolition work, the Contractor shall survey the site and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of SEPTA; any damaged items shall be repaired or replaced as approved by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of this section with all other work and shall construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as required. The Contractor shall ensure that structural elements are not overloaded and shall be responsible for increasing structural supports or adding new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under this contract. Do not overload structural elements. Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition or removal work. Repairs, reinforcement, or structural replacement must have Project Manager approval.

C. Conduct all demolition, construction, and removal operations in a manner to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, sidewalks, and other adjacent facilities and properties. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from SEPTA and the authorities with jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes and signage around closed or obstructed traffic and pedestrian ways in compliance with governing regulations.

D. Promptly repair damage caused to adjacent facilities or properties at no cost to SEPTA.

E. Facilities: Protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities designated to remain. Where removal of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated, provide approved barricades, temporary covering of exposed areas, and temporary services or connections for electrical and mechanical utilities. Floors, roofs, walls, columns, pilasters, and other structural components that are designed and constructed to stand without lateral support or shoring, and are determined to be in stable condition, shall remain standing without additional bracing, shoring, of lateral support until demolished, unless directed otherwise by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall ensure that no elements determined to be unstable are left unsupported and shall be responsible for placing and securing bracing, shoring, or lateral supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under this contract.

F. Protection of Personnel: During the demolition work the Contractor shall continuously evaluate the condition of the structure being demolished and take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the demolition site. No area, section, or component of floors, roofs, walls, columns, pilasters, or other structural element will be allowed to be left standing without sufficient bracing, shoring, or lateral support to prevent collapse or failure while workmen remove debris or perform other work in the immediate area.


Demolition 02050-6

1.09 BURNING

A. The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris is not permitted.

1.10 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP

A. Except for items or materials specifically indicated to be salvaged and turned over to SEPTA or otherwise indicated to remain SEPTA’s property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor’s property and shall be removed from the site except as otherwise noted in the specifications.

1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

A. The work shall comply with the requirements of the specification Section 01060 and all Federal, State, and local rules, regulations, and codes governing this work.

1.12 USE OF EXPLOSIVES

A. Use of explosives is not permitted.

1.13 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with all Federal, State, and local rules, regulations, and codes governing the hauling and disposal of materials from this site.

B. Obtain and comply with Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Borough of Jenkintown, and Township of Cheltenham demolition permits.

C. Conform with applicable regulatory procedures and immediate notify SEPTA when discovering hazardous or contaminated materials.

D. Comply with Specification Section 01060.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

NOT USED.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED


Demolition 02050-7

A. Per the construction drawings/ specifications. Do not remove more roof area, roof drain, and equipment than can be restored completely watertight in one day. Roof drains must be re-opened at the end of day. Areas that are closed off for construction must remain safe and secure during and after each work day.

3.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Preparations for the demolition of all structures shall include but not be limited to the following:

A. Demolition sites shall be fenced, barricaded and/or provided with sidewalk in compliance with these specifications.

B. Provision shall be made to control the amount of airborne dust resulting from demolition operations by wetting the debris and other materials with appropriate spraying agents or by other means.

C. Do not, under any circumstances, set fire to structures. Burning of debris will not be allowed.

D. No method of demolition will be permitted that does not ensure the work being strictly confined.

E. Locate demolition equipment throughout the site and remove debris and materials so not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

3.03 DEMOLITION BY HAND

A. Any and all demolition performed by hand, shall comply will all governing rules and regulations as well as the requirements set forth in these specifications. This paragraph provides minimum requirements and does not relieve the Contractor of the requirements for the safety and security of his/her operations, employees, and subcontractor’s activities in accordance will all applicable rules, regulations, and codes.

B. During hand demolition operations, continuing inspections shall be made by designated persons as the work progresses to detect any hazards to any person resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors or walls or from loosened material. Persons shall not be permitted to work where such hazards exist until protection has been provided by shoring, bracing or other effective means.

C. Where the demolition of any building or other structure is being performed by hand, debris and any other materials shall be removed by means of buckets or hoists.

D. Every floor or equivalent area within the building or other structure that is subject to the hazard of falling debris or materials from above shall be protected in compliance with OSHA and other governing rules, regulations, and codes.

E. Storage of Materials


Demolition 02050-8

1. Storage areas shall not interfere with access to any stairway or passageway used by any person as a means of ingress or egress. Suitable barricades shall be provided to prevent stored materials from sliding or rebounding into any area where any person is located or passing. All materials shall be safely piled in such locations as will not interfere with any work operations nor present any hazard to any person employed at or frequenting the demolition site.

F. Any person working above the ground level in the demolition of any building or other structure shall not be permitted to use accumulated debris or piled materials as a footing in the performance of his work. Every person shall be provided with safe footing in compliance with OSHA and other governing rules, regulations, and codes. Typically, sound flooring consists of planking not less than two inches thick full size, adequately supported exterior grade plywood at least three-quarters inch thick or other material of equivalent strength.

3.04 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL

A. Title to Materials: Except where specified in other sections, all materials and equipment removed, and not reused, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from SEPTA property. Title to materials resulting from demolition, and materials and equipment to be removed, is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the Project Manager of the Contractor's demolition and removal procedures, and authorization by the Project Manager to begin demolition. SEPTA is not responsible for the condition or loss of, or damage to, such property after contract award. Materials and equipment shall not be viewed by prospective purchasers or sold on the site.

B. Contractor may salvage and/or recycle items and material to the maximum extent possible.

C. Material salvaged for the Contractor shall be stored as approved by the Project Manager and shall be removed from SEPTA property before completion of the contract. Material salvaged for the Contractor shall not be sold on the site.

D. Debris and materials shall be removed and transported in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas.

E. Unsalvageable Material: Material, debris, and trash shall be legally disposed of off site. Combustible material shall be disposed of in an approved legal sanitary landfill.

3.05 POLLUTION CONTROLS

A. Comply with the requirements of specification Section 01060.

B. Use suitable methods to limit the spread of dust, dirt, and debris. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. Do not create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, erosion, or pollution when using water.


Demolition 02050-9

C. Remove and transport materials and debris off site in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Remove debris from elevated portions of the buildings by chute, hoist, or other device to convey debris to grade level.

D. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations regarding hauling and disposal of materials and debris.


January, 2017 Wyndmoor Station Renovation Final

Concrete Forms and Accessories 03100-1

SECTION 03100

CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this Section consists of designing, furnishing materials for, fabricating, erecting, and removing formwork and accessories as required to construct or repair concrete structures as required by the contract drawings.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete.

B. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement.

C. Section 03932, Concrete Repair.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300 and Section 01400.

B. Submit manufacturer's product data of formwork accessories (form ties, form coatings).

C. Product data and drawings of the methods and materials that will be used to prevent leakage of wet concrete from the forms.

1.04 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Refer to section 01400 – Quality Requirements.

B. Design Criteria:

1. It is the Contractor's responsibility for design, engineering, and construction of formwork.

2. Design formwork in accordance with ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.

3. Formwork surface materials:

a. General: Use form surface material which will produce surfaces conforming to the following:

1) Concrete exposed to view: Use material which will produce smooth, uniform, blemish-free concrete surfaces.



2) Concrete concealed from view: Use material which will produce concrete surfaces free of fins and honeycombing.

4. Special Sections: Provide openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages, inserts, and other features as required.

5. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to 'green' concrete surfaces and adjacent materials.

C. Allowable Tolerances: Set and maintain concrete forms within tolerance limits stated in ACI 347.

D. Referenced Standards:

1. APA – The Engineered Wood Association:

a. APA Grade - Trademarks.

2. U.S. Department of Commerce Product Standards:

a. PS-1-74 for Construction and Industrial Plywood.

3. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA):

a. WWPA Catalog "A" Product Use Manual.

4. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

a. ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Protection:

1. Protect formwork materials before, during and after erection to insure acceptable finished concrete work. Also protect in-place materials and other operations of work in connection with concrete pours.

2. In event of damage to erected forms, make necessary repairs or replacements prior to concrete pours at no expense to the Authority.

3. Allow sufficient time, as determined by the SEPTA Project Manager from approved schedule, between erection of forms and placing of concrete for the various trades to properly install their work.

4. Do not apply external or superimposed loads, lateral or vertical, to structure until adequate reshoring and rebracing has been placed or until such concrete has developed specified 28-day compressive strength and a minimum age of 14 days.



B. Stay-in-place forms are not permitted.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Lumber:

1. Form framing, sheathing, and shoring shall conform to WWPA Catalog A.

2. Use lumber that is free of material defects having the potential to degrade the finished concrete product.

B. B. Plywood:

1. Form Sheathing and Panels: Not less than 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick Exterior Type B-B Plywood Class I and II EXT-APA conforming to U.S. Product Standard PS-1-74.

2. Use Class II only on surfaces not exposed to view.

C. Steel:

1. Sheet: Commercial Grade, not thinner than 16 gauge.

2. Structural Shapes: ASTM A 36.

3. Metal forms of a pre-engineered standard design, but conforming to the concrete sections indicated on the Contract Drawings may be used in lieu of wood forms.

D. Form Ties:

1. Provide factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties conforming to ACI 347.

2. Use snap-off metal ties with ends that break at least 38 mm (1-1/2 inches) from the face of the wall.

3. Removable ties that leave holes larger than 22 mm (7/8 inches) are not permitted.

4. Form ties fabricated on the project site and wire ties or flat bands are not acceptable.

5. Wood spacers are not permitted within the pour.

E. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds.



F. Chamfer Strips: Triangular fillets all of which shall be milled from clear, straight-grain pine, surfaced each side, or all of which shall be extruded vinyl type with or without nailing flange unless otherwise indicated.

G. Bituminous Joint Filler: ASTM D1751.

H. Leakage Control Materials:

1. General: Products which are capable of producing flush, watertight and non-absorbent surfaces and joints and are compatible with type of forming material and concrete ingredients used.

2. Caulking Compound: One of the following products or approved equal:

a. Clear silicone type similar to Series 1200 Construction Caulking as produced by General Electric - Silicone Products Division.

b. Dow Corning 781 Caulking as produced by DOW Corning Adhesives.

3. Tapes: One of the following products or approved equal:

a. Seam-Strip by Preco Industries.

b. Tesa Formstik Tape number 720 by United Mineral and Chemical.

c. Form Film Tapes: Polypropylene plastic tape treated with waterproof adhesive for joint conditions.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Prior to placement of concrete, inspect forms for cleanliness, adequacy of reinforcement clear cover, and accuracy of alignment in accordance with contract drawings.

B. Schedule concrete placement with allowance for inspection of formwork and reinforcement before placing concrete.

C. Notify the SEPTA Project Manager after placement of reinforcing steel in forms, but prior to placing concrete.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Apply form coatings in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.

1. Coat form contact surfaces with form release agent compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form release agent material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces which are required



to be bonded to fresh concrete such as concrete reinforcement and embedded items. Apply form release agent in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.

2. Coat steel forms with non-staining, rust-preventive form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Do not use rust-stained steel surfaces for contact with concrete.

B. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms.

C. Do not allow form coatings to come in contact with construction joints or reinforcing steel.

3.03 ERECTION

A. Construct forms in accordance with ACI 347 to required dimensions, plumb, straight and mortar tight, and make all joints and seams mortar-tight. Securely brace and shore forms to prevent displacement and to safely support imposed concrete load.

B. Provide openings in concrete formwork of the correct size and in the proper location to accommodate other operations of construction work in the project. Accurately place and securely support items to be built into forms.

C. Wet forms sufficiently to prevent joints in wood forms from opening prior to concrete pour.

D. Cutting form ties back from the face of the concrete is not permitted.

E. Complete wedging and bracing before placing concrete.

F. Observe formwork continuously while concrete is being placed to ensure there are no deviations from desired elevation, alignment, plumbness and camber. If settlement, deflection or distortion occurs during placement of concrete, stop the work, remove improperly cast concrete, and reconstruct the formwork to ensure proper performance.

3.04 FORM REMOVAL

A. Keep wood forms wet until stripped.

B. Remove forms in accordance with ACI 347 recommendations without damage to concrete and in a manner to ensure complete safety to the structure and construction personnel.

C. Upon removal of forms, notify the SEPTA Project Manager immediately so that a review of the newly stripped surfaces can be made before patching.

D. Hammer-pack holes left by tie rods with stiff mortar of the same material as, but somewhat leaner than, that in the concrete. Render the patch inconspicuous.

3.05 RE-USE OF FORMS

A. Forms for re-use shall be cleaned and shall meet requirements for new forms with respect to their impact on poured concrete appearance, durability, and structural stability.



B. Re-use of forms shall in no way delay or change the concrete pour schedule relative to the schedule achievable using all new forms (in the case of wood forms) or if the total required quantity of forms were available (in the case of metal forms).

END OF SECTION


Concrete Reinforcement 03200-1

SECTION 03200

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this Section consists of furnishing and installing mild steel reinforcement in concrete repairs and new curbs.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.

B. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete.

C. Section 03932, Concrete Repair.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings and Product Data:

1. Prepare shop drawings of concrete reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures.

2. Indicate bar sizes, spacing, locations, quantity, laps and splices, bending diagrams and schedules, and supporting and spacing accessories.

3. On each shop drawing, show the weight of each bar, the total weight of the bars in each size and the total weight of the reinforcement shown.

B. Test Reports:

1. Submit two copies of reports showing the results of tests. Conduct testing in accordance with the ASTM Specifications for the methods of testing.

2. Test Requirements may be waived based upon certified copies of mill test reports.

C. Submit Contractor's Quality Control Plan for inspection of reinforcement.


A. Refer to section 01400 – Quality Requirements.

B. Allowable Tolerances:

1. Placement of Reinforcement: Deviations from indicated dimensions in excess of ¼” will not be permitted.



2.

a. Sheared length: 1".

b. Stirrups ties and spirals: 1/2".

c. Bent length: 1".

3. Placement: Conform to the requirements specified in ACI 318, Article 7.5.

C. Referenced Standards:

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

a. ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures.

b. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.

2. ASTM International (ASTM):

a. ASTM A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

b. ASTM A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

c. ASTM A775, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars.

d. ASTM A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete.

e. ASTM D3963, Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars.

3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforcing Concrete Construction.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Storage of Materials:

1. Store reinforcing materials so as to prevent excessive rusting and fouling with dirt, grease and other bond-breaking coatings.

2. Identify bundles of reinforcing steel with stamped metal tags attached with wire.



1.06 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Protection: Protect in-place reinforcing from excessive construction traffic and other work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcement:

1. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed steel with epoxy coating conforming to ASTM A775.

2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, with Zinc coating conforming to ASTM A641, for cold-worked wire, or ASTM A123, for hot-dipped galvanizing of welded wire sheets and mats.

3. Provide zinc coated metal accessories in accordance with the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice.

B. Tie Wire: ASTM A82, epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A884/A884M finish.

C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor retarder puncture.

D. Special chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers adjacent to weather-exposed concrete surfaces: plastic tipped steel type; size and shape to meet project conditions.

2.02 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate concrete reinforcement in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice and ACI SP-66.

B. Conform to the shop drawings as reviewed and accepted by SEPTA.

C. Bend bars cold. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not indicated on Contract Drawings.

D. Do not field bend bars partially embedded in concrete.

E. Perform bar shape fabricating in a manner that will not injure the material or lessen the member strength.

F. Use a designed bending machine, either hand- or power-operated.

G. Welding of reinforcement is not permitted unless specifically indicated on the Contract Drawings.



PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Notify the SEPTA Project Manager in writing 24 hours before placing concrete to allow for inspection of reinforcement prior to placing concrete.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Placing:

1. Place reinforcement in accordance with the Contract Drawings.

2. Support and securely brace reinforcement against displacement through the use of reinforcing accessories in accordance with ACI 318. Pulling up reinforcement through the concrete or walking reinforcement into the concrete is unacceptable.

3. Terminate reinforcement 2" from face of expansion joints and exposed surfaced.

4. When obstructions interfere with the placement of reinforcing, pass such obstructions by placing reinforcing around and not bending the reinforcing to clear the obstructions.

5. Install wire mesh as indicated, lapping joints 6 inches and wiring securely. Extend mesh to within 2" of sides and ends of slabs.

6. Do not lay reinforcement on formwork.

B. Splicing:

1. Splice reinforcement as indicated and in accordance with ACI 318.

2. Secure reinforcement at intersections with not less than 16-gauge annealed wire or appropriately sized clips.

C. Cleaning:

1. Metal reinforcing, at the time concrete is placed, shall be free from rust, scale and other materials that will inhibit bonding.

2. Clean epoxy-coated bars in accordance with CRSI and ASTM.

D. Repair of coating:

1. Damage to epoxy coating as a result of handling, bending, or cutting shall be field-repaired in accordance with ACI 305 Section 3.2.1.2.b.



E. Concrete Protection:

1. Provide 2” concrete cover (measured to center of reinforcing bar) for reinforcement unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings.

2. On exterior exposed work, no ties or spacers are permitted within 3/4" of the finished surfaces.

F. Drilling and Grouting of Dowels

1. See section 03300 – Cast-In-Place Concrete.

END OF SECTION


Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-1

SECTION 03300

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this Section consists of designing mix, furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing Portland Cement concrete for repairs, column bases, and curbs, as indicated on the contract plans and as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 03100: Concrete Forms & Accessories

B. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement

C. Section 03932: Concrete Repair

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit the following:

1. Samples of materials being used when requested by the SEPTA Project Manager including names, sources, and descriptions.

2. Test Reports:

a. Two (2) copies of laboratory trial mix designs proposed in accordance with ACI 301, Section 3.9.3.3 or one copy each of 30 consecutive test results and the mix design used from a record of past performance in accordance with ACI 301, Section 3.9.1.1.

b. Other concrete test reports specified in Article 3.12 herein.

3. Design Mix: Prior to production of concrete, submit for approval, all mix designs proposed for use. The mix designs must be accompanied by completed standard deviation analysis, or trial mixture test data. Use materials in such proposed design mix as specified herein. Make such adjustments in the proposed design mix as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager. Make such adjustments at no additional cost to SEPTA.

4. Certificates: Furnish the SEPTA Project Manager certificates originated by the batch mixing plant certifying ready mixed concrete as manufactured and delivered to be in conformance with ASTM C 94.

5. Schedule showing methods and sequence locations of pours.

a. Submit the schedule a minimum of 10 days prior to commencing concreting operations.



6. Manufacturer's product data for the concrete accessories specified herein (admixtures, joint fillers, curing materials, waterstops, etc).

B. Delivery Tickets: A delivery ticket shall accompany each load of concrete from the batch plant. Information presented on the ticket shall include the tabulation covered by ASTM C 94, 15.1.1 through 15.2.8, as well as any additional information the local codes may require. Tickets must be signed by the Contractor's representative, noted as to time and place of pour, and kept in a record at the site. Make such records available for inspection upon request by the SEPTA Project Manager.


A. The SEPTA Project Manager will have the authority to inspect concrete supplier's plant and will have-the authority to inspect delivery trucks to verify that plant conforms to the "Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" published by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, and to verify delivery trucks conform to requirements specified in ASTM C94.

B. Testing Agency: Retained and paid by the Contractor and meeting requirements of ASTM E329 Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. The testing agency shall also be approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.

C. Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been reviewed and approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.

D. Source Quality Control:

1. Laboratory Tests: Materials stated herein require advance examination or testing according to methods referenced, or as required by the SEPTA Project Manager.

2. Compression Test Cylinders: For laboratory trial batches, make in accordance with American Concrete Institute ACI 301. Test to consist of four compression test cylinders for each class of concrete with two broken at seven days and two broken at 28 days; ASTM C192 and ASTM C39.

3. If trial batches are used, the mix design shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory and shall achieve an average compressive strength 8 MPa (1200 psi) higher than the specified strength. This over-design shall be increased to 10 MPa (1400 psi) when concrete strengths over 34 MPa (5000 psi) are used.

E. Reference Standards:

1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):

a. AASHTO M182, Standard Specification for Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf.

2. American Concrete Institute.

a. ACI 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.



b. ACI 226.3R, Use of Fly Ash in Concrete.

c. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

d. ACI 304, Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.

e. ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting.

f. ACI 306R, Cold Weather Concreting.

g. ACI 308, Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.

h. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.


a. ASTM C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.

b. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

c. ASTM C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

d. ASTM C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.

e. ASTM C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.

f. ASTM C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.

g. ASTM C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

h. ASTM C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.

i. ASTM C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.

j. ASTM C173, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.

k. ASTM C192, Standard Test Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.

l. ASTM C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.

m. ASTM C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

n. ASTM C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.



o. ASTM C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.

p. ASTM D1621, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics.

q. ASTM D1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).

4. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation (PENNDOT), Specification, Publication 408.

5. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation (PENNDOT), Bulletin 15 – Approved Construction Materials

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Sequencing:

1. Where other construction work is relative to concrete pours, or must be supported by or embedded in concrete, those performing such related work must be given 3 working days notice to introduce or furnish embedded items before concrete is placed.

B. Existing Conditions:

1. The representation of existing structures and physical conditions on Contract Drawings is intended to be general and limited to those areas for which new construction is scheduled to be implemented.

C. Field Measurements

1. Prior to commencement of the work, field verify existing dimensions, elevations, locations and conditions applicable to the work. Report variances and discrepancies from the Drawings and potential interferences promptly to the SEPTA Project Manager.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Cement:

1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 of the following types:

a. Type I or Type II, low alkali.



b. Type III, High Early Strength, with a maximum percentage of Tricalcium aluminate (3Ca0-A12 03) of 8 percent.

c. Use only one brand and manufacturer of approved cement.

B. Aggregates:

1. Aggregate for normal weight concrete: ASTM C33.

2. Coarse Aggregate Size:

a. Except as specified in Articles 2.01.C.2.a. above, maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed:

1) One-fifth narrowest dimension between sides of forms within which concrete is to be cast.

2) Three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars or between reinforcing bars and forms.

3) One-third the slab thickness for unreinforced slabs.

C. Water: Clean and potable.

D. Concrete Admixtures:

1. Prohibited Admixtures: Only the specified non-corrosive, non-chloride accelerators shall be used. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted.

2. Provide admixtures produced and serviced by established, reputable manufacturers and use in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.

3. Air-Entraining Admixture: Use a product conforming to requirements of ASTM C260.

4. Water-Reducing Admixture: Unless high temperatures occur and/or placing conditions dictate a change, all concrete shall contain the water-reducing admixture.

5. Reducing and Retarding Admixture: When high temperatures occur and/or placing conditions dictate, the SEPTA Project Manager may require a change from the water-reducing admixture (Type A) to a water-reducing and retarding admixture (Type D).

6. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: When low temperatures occur and/or placing conditions dictate, the SEPTA Project Manager may require a change from the water-reducing admixture (Type A) to a water-reducing and accelerating admixture (Type E).

7. Water-Reducing Admixture: Use a product conforming to requirements of ASTM C494.

a. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1) Eucon WR-75; The Euclid Chemical Company.



2) Pozzolith 200N; Basf Admixtures.

3) Plastocrete 161; Sika Corporation.

4) Or approved equal.

8. Water-Reducing and Retarding admixture: Use a product conforming to requirements of ASTM C494, Type D.


1) Eucon Retarder-75; The Euclid Chemical Company.

2) Pozzolith 100XR; BASF Admixtures.

3) Plastiment; Sika Corporation.


9. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: Use a product conforming to requirements of ASTM C494, Types C or E.


1) Accelguard 80; The Euclid Chemical Company.

2) Pozzutec 20; BASF Admixtures.

3) Plastocrete 161 FL; Sika Corporation.


10. Water-Reducing, High Range Admixtures (Superplasticizer): Use a product conforming to requirements of ASTM C494, Types F or G.


1) Eucon 37; The Euclid Chemical Company.

2) Rheobuild 1000; BASF Admixtures.

3) Sikament 686; Sika Corporation.


11. Prior to the mix design review by the SEPTA Project Manager, provide written conformance to the specified requirements and the chloride ion content of the admixture.

E. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers:

1. Sponge Rubber: ASTM D1752, Type I.




1) Sealtight Sponge Rubber Expansion Joint; W.R. Meadows, Inc.

2) Williams Everlastic 1300 Series; Williams Products, Inc.

3) Bondtex 941; Rubatex Corporation.


F. Waterstops:

1. For expansion joint, use ribbed type with center bulb, manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride plastic compound conforming to U.S. Corps of Engineers CRD-C572.

2. Volclay RX Waterstop: Specially-formulated joint sealant impregnated with Volclay bentonite that swells upon contact with water, and manufactured by American Colloid Company, or approved equal.

G. Joint Sealants:

1. Cold-applied:

a. Single-component type, ASTM C920.

b. Federal Specifications, TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A:

1) Sikaflex 15LM; Sika Corporation.

2) Vulkem 921; Tremco Incorporated.


2. Hot poured asphalt joint sealer:

a. Asphalt rubber sealing compound as specified in PennDOT Bulletin 15 Section 705.4(g).

b. ASTM D5078

H. Curing Materials: Use curing materials that will not stain or affect concrete finish or lessen the concrete strength and comply with the following requirements:

1. Burlap: Use materials conforming to AASHTO M182.

2. Sheet Materials: Use materials conforming to ASTM C171.

3. Liquid Membrane - Forming compounds are not permitted due to subsequent application of penetrating sealer and waterproofing membrane.



I. Bonding Materials:

1. Epoxy Bonding Type: Two (2) component, solvent-free, moisture-insensitive structural epoxy adhesive:

a. Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod; Sika Corporation.

b. Euco Epoxy #452 MV or #620; The Euclid Chemical Co.

c. Or approved equal.

J. Non-Shrink Non-Metallic Grout (for work other than specified in Article 2.01.L. below): Factory premixed material containing no corrosive irons, aluminum, chemicals or gypsums.

1. Grouts containing water reducers, accelerators, or fluidifiers shall have no drying shrinkage greater than the equivalent sand cement and water mix as tested per ASTM C596.

2. Grout shall be non-shrink before initial set and show no expansion after set as tested per ASTM C827.

3. Initial set of grout not less than 60 minutes per ASTM C191 Test.

4. Use Type 1 cement in grout formulation.

5. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Five Star Grout; Five Star products..

b. Masterflow 713; BASF Construction Chemicals.

c. Euco NS; the Euclid Chemical Co.

6. High Flow Grout: Use where high fluidity and/or increased placing time is required.


1) Hi-Flow Grout; the Euclid Chemical Co.

2) Masterflow® 928; BASF Construction Chemicals.


K. Epoxy Adhesive (For Grouting Dowels): Provide a high-modulus, moisture insensitive epoxy adhesive of thick consistency having the following characteristics:

1. Mix Ratio: 100 percent solids, two-component; mixed one part by volume component B to two parts by volume component A.

2. Ultimate Compressive Strength: 75.8 MPa (11,000 psi) after cure at 23ºC (73ºF) and 50 percent relative humidity determined in accordance with ASTM D695.




a. Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel.; Sika Corporation.

b. Euco-Guard Vox; the Euclid Chemical Co.

c. Or approved equal.

L. Penetrating Sealer: Provide a one (1) part blend of poly-siloxane:


a. Sikadur 701W; Sika Corporation.

b. Or approved equal.

M. Flexible Waterproofing Coating:


a. Listed in Pa DOT Bulletin 15

2.02 CONCRETE QUALITY

A. Provide 4,000 psi concrete for all concrete work except where otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings or specified.

B. Selection of Proportions for Normal Weight Concrete: ACI 211.1.

C. Proportions of Ingredients: Establish proportions, including water-cement ratio on the basis of either laboratory trial batches or field experience, with the materials specified herein.

1. Laboratory Trial Batches: ACI 301, Section 3.9; and ACI 318, Section 5.3

2. Field Experience: ACI 301, Section 3.9; and ACI 318, Section 5.3.

D. Water-Cement Ratio:

1. All concrete subject to freezing and thawing shall have a maximum water/cement ratio of 0.45 (4500 psi at 28 days or more).

E. Minimum Cement Content:

Class Minimum Cement Content per Cubic Yard

3,500 psi 510 pounds 4,000 psi 550 pounds 4,500 psi 590 pounds 5,000 psi 630 pounds



F. Slump: Except when superplasticizer is used, proportion and produce concrete to a maximum 3-inch and a minimum 1-inch slump. The slump ranges apply when vibration is used to consolidate the concrete and may be increased 1-inch for methods of construction other than vibration.

1. When the high-range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) is used, the concrete shall arrive at the job-site at a slump of 2" to 3". The mix shall be verified by slump tests and rejected if not meeting this requirement. Then the high-range water-reducing admixture shall be added to increase the slump to the approved slump produced in the laboratory tests of design mix, and slump tested for verification.

2. Pumped concrete shall have a 125 mm (5-inch) maximum slump, measured prior to pumping.

G. Air Entraining: Air-entrain all concrete.

Maximum-size coarse aggregate, - in.

Air content. percent by volume

1-1/2, 2 or 2-1/2 5 ± 1½

3/4 or 1 6 ± 1½

3/8 or 1/2 7½ ± 1½

H. H. Water-Reducing, High Range Admixtures (Superplasticizer): As specified in Article 2.01.E.7 above.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Inspect work to receive cast-in-place concrete for deficiencies which would prevent proper execution of the finished work. Do not proceed with placing until such deficiencies are corrected to the satisfaction of the SEPTA Project Manager.

3.02 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. Construction Joints:

1. Do not use horizontal construction joints except as shown on the Drawings.

2. If additional construction joints are found to be required, secure the SEPTA Project Manager's approval of joint design and location prior to start of concrete placement.

a. Bond new concrete with hardened concrete with one of the following methods:

1) Grout Method:



a) Roughen and clean hardened concrete of foreign matter and laitance and dampen with water.

b) Cover the hardened concrete with a one inch layer of grout. Use grout of same material composition and proportions of concrete being poured except coarse aggregate omitted. Use the specified bonding admixture as 50% of the liquid requirement.

c) Place new concrete on grout before it has attained its initial set.

b. Epoxy Bonding Method:

1) Apply "Epoxy Bonding Type Compound" over existing prepared concrete in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

c. Other bonding methods must be approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.

B. Expansion Joints and Contraction Joints:

1. Install where indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2. Construct contraction joints by means of a wood strip, plastic strip, metal plate, or other approved material to be subsequently removed.

3. Do not extend reinforcing or other embedded metal items through expansion and contraction joints except where indicated otherwise for placing dowels on the Contract Drawings.

4. Fill expansion joint full depth with expansion joint material approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.

5. Sawcutting contraction joints will not be permitted.

C. When concreting is to be discontinued for more than forty-five (45) minutes and if the construction plane is to be horizontal, install keyways and embed dowel bars in the concrete before initial hardening. Use keyways and dowels in vertical concrete construction except when indicated or directed otherwise by the SEPTA Project Manager.

D. Other Embedded Items: Place sleeves, inserts, anchors and embedded items required for adjoining or related work prior to concreting. Place accurately, and support against displacement.

3.03 DRILLING AND GROUTING DOWELS/REINFORCEMENT

A. Construction Methods:

1. Drill holes for each dowel to the size and depth indicated on the Contract Drawings. Do not drill into or cut or otherwise damage existing reinforcement bars. If existing



reinforcement bars are encountered during the drilling operation, relocate the hole to clear the existing reinforcement as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager.

2. Blow clean each finished hole with an air jet and then flush with a jet of clean water.

3. Immediately prior to the grouting operation, remove all water from the hole and from the walls of the hole.

4. Mix and place the epoxy adhesive completely around the dowel bar in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, with particular attention given to manufacturer's specified time limit within which the material must be placed after mixing. Do not retemper grout that has begun to stiffen; discard such grout.

3.04 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete:

1. Batched, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM C94.

2. Plant equipment and facilities shall conform to the "Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association.

3.05 PLACING

A. General: Conduct placement work in accordance with ACI 304.

B. Preparation:

1. Prepare formwork in advance and remove snow, ice, water, and debris from within forms.

2. Pre-position expansion joint material, anchors, and embedded items.

3. Do not place concrete on frozen ground.

C. Conveying:

1. Handle concrete from mixer to final deposit rapidly by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients to maintain required quality of concrete.

2. Do not convey concrete through aluminum or aluminum alloy.

3. Do not place concrete by pumps or other similar devices without prior written approval of SEPTA Project Manager.

a. When pumping is permitted, use pumping and pneumatic conveying equipment designed to handle without segregation, types, classes, and volumes of concrete to be conveyed.

b. Operate pump or pneumatic equipment so that a continuous stream of concrete without air pockets is produced. Position discharge end of line as near final position of concrete as possible but in no case more than 1500 mm (5') away.



c. At completion of placement, clean equipment. Discharge debris and flushing water outside of forms.

D. Depositing:

1. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than 3000 mm (10') for concrete containing the high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer), or more than 900 mm (3') for other concrete.

2. Deposit in approximately horizontal layers of 300 mm (12") to 450 mm (18").

3. Do not allow concrete to flow laterally more than 900 mm (3').

4. Make placement within sections continuously to produce monolithic unit.

5. Carry on placing at such a rate that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic.

6. Do not deposit concrete on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within sections.

7. Do not use concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials.

8. Do not subject concrete to procedures which will cause segregation.

9. Do not bend reinforcement out of position when placing concrete.

10. Do not place concrete in forms containing standing water.

E. Consolidation:

1. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading, rodding, or other manual methods. Work concrete around reinforcement, embedded items and into corners; eliminate all air or stone pockets and other causes of honeycombing, pitting, or planes of weakness.

2. Use vibration equipment of internal type and not the type attached to forms and reinforcement.

3. Use vibrators capable of transmitting vibration to concrete in frequencies sufficient to provide satisfactory consolidation.

4. Do not leave vibrators in one spot long enough to cause segregation. Remove concrete segregated by vibrator operation.

5. Do not use vibrators to spread concrete.

6. Have sufficient reserve vibration equipment to guard against shutdown of work occasioned by failure of equipment in operation.



F. Cold Weather Concreting:

1. Temperature of concrete delivered at the job-site shall conform to the following temperature limitations:

Minimum Concrete Temperature, Deg. F.

Air temperature Deg. F.

For sections with least dimension less than 12"

For sections with least dimension 12" or greater

30 to 45 0 to 30

60 65

50 55

2. If water or aggregate is heated above 38ºC (100ºF), combine water with aggregate in the mixer before cement is added. Do not mix cement with water or with mixtures of water and aggregate having a temperature greater than 38ºC (100ºF).

3. Provide equipment for heating concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near freezing weather. Do not use foreign materials or materials containing snow or ice.

4. Surfaces which the concrete is to come in contact with must be free of frost, snow to or ice.

5. Concrete placed in forms shall have a temperature of 10ºC (50ºF) or higher after placement. Maintain this temperature a minimum of 5 days. Provide additional time if necessary for proper curing.

6. Housing, covering, or other protection used in curing shall remain intact at least 24 hours after artificial heating is discontinued. Do not place dependence on salt or other chemicals for the prevention of freezing.

7. Perform cold weather concreting work in accordance with ACI 306R.

G. Hot Weather Concreting:

1. Temperature of concrete delivered at the job-site shall not exceed 90ºF.

2. Cool ingredients before mixing to prevent temperature in excess of 90ºF.

3. Make provisions for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, or wet cover when necessary.

4. Perform hot weather concreting work in accordance with ACI 305R.

H. Access Road Bridge Deck: Conform to requirements specified in Publication 408, Section 1001.3(k)5.



3.06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE WORK

A. Porous areas, open or porous construction joints, and honeycombed concrete will be considered to indicate that the requirements for mixing, placing and handling have not been complied with and will be sufficient cause for rejection of the members of the structure thus affected.

B. Defective work exposed upon removal of forms shall be entirely removed or repaired within forty-eight hours after forms have been removed.

C. Repaired areas will not be accepted if:

1. The structural requirements have been impaired by reducing the net section of compression members;

2. The bond between the steel and concrete has been reduced; and

3. The area is not finished to conform in every respect to the texture, contour, and color of the surrounding concrete.

D. If the above requirements are not satisfied, the SEPTA Project Manager may require that the elements involved be entirely removed and satisfactorily replaced at no additional expense to SEPTA.

3.07 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE

A. General: The SEPTA Project Manager will determine the extent and manner of action to be taken for the correction of defective concrete as may be revealed by surface defects or otherwise determined as affecting the durability of the concrete or structure.

3.08 FINISHING

A. Finishes: Except as specified for Access Road bridge deck in Article 3.09.D. below, finish exposed concrete surfaces true and even, free from open or rough areas, depressions, or projections. Bring concrete up in vertical pours to the required elevation, strike-off with a straight edge and finish as applicable and specified below:

1. Flat Trowel Finish: Obtained by hand or power troweling a "Floated Finish" with a single troweling. This troweling (first after power floating) shall produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects but which may still show some trowel marks.

2. Broom Finish: Immediately after concrete has received a "Floated Finish", give surface a coarse transverse scored texture by drawing a broom across the surface in the direction of the paved slope. Texture shall be as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager.

B. Application for Finishes:

1. Flat Trowel Finish:

a. Curbs.

b. Tops of ballast curbs.



2. Broom Finish:

a. Sidewalks.

b. Platform slabs.

C. Apply penetrating sealer to all new concrete surfaces.

1. Preparation: Clean remaining concrete surface of all paint, graffiti, dirt, grease, and other bonding restrictive materials, down to clean concrete, by sand-blasting or other methods approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. Vacuum surface to remove all dust particles.

2. Apply penetrating sealer in strict accordance with the manufacturer's application instructions.

3.09 CURING AND PROTECTION

A. General: Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures and mechanical injury. Curing shall be by water in accordance with ACI 308. Cure concrete continuously for a minimum of 7 days at ambient temperature above 4 °C (40°F).

B. Hot Weather Curing: See Hot Weather Concreting this Section.

C. Cold Weather Curing: See Cold Weather Concreting this Section.

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and Inspection:

1. During the entire period when concrete is being placed, provide testing services by an independent testing laboratory.

2. The SEPTA Project Manager reserves the right to make any and all tests as he deems necessary during the progress of the work.

3. Failure of the independent testing laboratory or the SEPTA Project Manager to detect defective work will not prevent rejection when defect is discovered, nor will it obligate the SEPTA Project Manager for final acceptance.

4. The Independent Testing Laboratory shall:

a. Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C172.

b. Mold and cure three test specimens for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C31 and as follows:

1) Concrete compression test: Use standard 6 inch x 12 inch cylinders.

2) Identify each test by number, mix, amount of admixture, origin of sample in the structure, the date the test specimen was made, the date the test specimen was tested, the amount slump determined, and the compressive strength test results.



3) Test Methods:

a) Compressive strength test: ASTM C39.

b) Make one group of six test cylinders for each 100 C.Y. of concrete poured or not less than six test cylinders for any amount of concrete less than 100 C.Y. poured in each structure, or one day’s pour.

c) Test one specimen at 7 days for information and test two specimens at 28 days for acceptance.

c. Make slump tests for each strength test and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary in accordance with ASTM C143.

d. Make air content tests for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C231 or ASTM C173.

e. Prepare and submit all reports required in the various standards and specifications referenced herein.

1) Distribution of reports shall be:

a) One copy to the SEPTA Project Manager.

b) One or more copies, as required, to the Contractor.

f. Immediately notify the Contractor and the SEPTA Project Manager of any test results which do not conform to the Specification requirements.

B. Evaluation and Acceptance:

1. The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength tests results equal or exceed specified strength and no individual test result is below specified strength by more than 3.45 MPa (500 psi).

2. If the strength of cylinders falls below specified compressive strengths, the SEPTA Project Manager shall have the right to order a change in the mix proportions for the remaining concrete being poured.

3. The SEPTA Project Manager, at his discretion, will obtain the test core specimens from hardened concrete in accordance with ASTM C42.

4. If the strength of cylinders fall below specified compressive strengths, the SEPTA Project Manager will perform tests on the in place concrete. Defective concrete shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to SEPTA.

END OF SECTION


04/22/2014 Concrete Repair 03932-1

SECTION 03932

CONCRETE REPAIR

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this Section consists of repairs to portions of the existing concrete surfaces as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as determined by the SEPTA Project Manager. Repairs to be made to existing concrete include:

1. Repair of deteriorated concrete on station platform, retaining walls, and stairway parapets.

2. Repair of damaged concrete following demolition of existing infill panels and stairway roof structures.

3. Repair of concrete as needed to make steel repairs at existing columns.

4. Repair of concrete substrate following sawcutting and removal of existing curbs where new concrete curbs are to be placed.

B. Repair quantities and repair locations shown on S401 are subject to field verification (including sounding) by the Contractor.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 03100, “Concrete Forms and Accessories”

B. Section 03200, “Concrete Reinforcement”

C. Section 03300, “Cast-In-Place Concrete”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and current specifications for materials proposed for the work of this section.

B. Repair Sites: Submit sketches of repair sites indicating type, location, and dimensions of repairs. See part 1.05A.


A. Manufacturer's Representative Services: The Contractor shall arrange for, and provide, the services of the product manufacturer's technical representative for the initial concrete repair operation. Services shall include detailed instruction to the Contractor's personnel on the use of the concrete repair material and witness the first application of each system.



1.05 SITE CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor together with the SEPTA Project Manager will agree upon the deteriorated areas to be repaired. Do not perform any repair work without prior approval of the SEPTA Project Manager for location, limits, and type of repair. Provide 24 hours of advanced notice to SEPTA Project Manager before site survey of concrete repairs.

B. Reinforcement may be encountered.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONCRETING

A. Conform to this Section and Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete.

B. Approved repair materials for horizontal top surfaces:

1. Sika Top 122 plus

2. Sika Repair 222

3. 5-star Structural Concrete

4. Approved equal

C. Approved repair materials for vertical and overhead surfaces:

1. Sika Top 123 plus

2. Sika Repair 223

3. Sika Mono Top 615

4. Sika Mono Top 611

5. 5-star Structural Concrete v/o

6. Approved equal

2.02 FORMWORK

A. Conform to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.

2.03 REINFORCEMENT:

A. Conform to Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement.



PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CONCRETE REPAIRS AND RESTORATION

A. Repair Notes and Procedure:

1. SEPTA Project Manager shall approve limits of saw cutting and demolition prior to saw cutting and removal of sound concrete.

2. Square off deteriorated concrete with 3/4" saw cut at perimeter of repair area. Place saw cut 3" beyond limits of deterioration. Do not damage steel reinforcement.

3. Remove all spalled, delaminated, or otherwise unsound and deteriorated concrete. Follow appropriate disposal procedures.

4. Removal of deteriorated material shall be accomplished by high pressure water blast (over 20,000 PSI), scabbler, pneumatic hammer (max. 30 lbs) or other appropriate means to obtain an exposed aggregate surface with a minimum surface profile of ± 1/8 inches (ICRI level CSP-6).

5. All exposed steel reinforcement should be thoroughly prepared by mechanical cleaning to remove all traces of rust. Where corrosion is present, the steel should be high-pressure washed with clean water after mechanical cleaning to removal all oxidation. Coat exposed reinforcement with bonding agent.

6. Where reinforcement has 20% or greater section loss or is damaged during concrete removal, supplement with new bars matching size and spacing of existing bars for full length of repair area (after cleaning of existing reinforcement per note 5). If area requiring supplemental reinforcement is greater than 2'-0" wide, coordinate with the SEPTA Project Manager for further instructions.

7. Repair surfaces shall be clear of dirt, oil, grease, frost, ice, and all bond-inhibiting materials. Use oil-free compressed air to blow all removal areas clean.

8. Saturate surfaces with clean water. Substrate should be saturated surface dry (SSD) with no standing water at time of application of new material.

9. Extend volume as needed with 3/8" coarse aggregate (pea gravel). Coarse aggregate shall be wetted prior to mixing.

10. Apply bonding compound between the old and the new concrete.

11. Mortar shall be scrubbed into the substrate, filling all pores and voids. Force material against edge of repair, working toward center. After filling repair, consolidate, then screed.



12. Material may be applied in multiple lifts. The thickness of each lift shall not be more than manufacturer's recommendations. Where multiple lifts are required, score top surface of each lift to produce a roughened surface before applying the next lift.

13. All repairs shall be flush with existing adjacent surfaces.

END OF SECTION


Stone Restoration and Cleaning 04902-1

SECTION 04902

STONE RESTORATION AND CLEANING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes maintenance of stone assemblies consisting of stone restoration and cleaning as follows:

1. Repairing stone masonry, including replacing whole units. 2. Repointing joints. 3. Preliminary cleaning, including removing plant growth. 4. Cleaning exposed stone surfaces.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.

B. Medium-Pressure Spray: 400 to 800 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.

1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on stone units as follows:

1. Existing Mortar: Test according to ASTM C 295, modified as agreed by testing service and Architect for Project requirements, to determine proportional composition of original ingredients, sizes and colors of aggregates, and approximate strength. Use X-ray diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, and differential thermal analysis as necessary to supplement microscopical methods. Carefully remove existing mortar from within joints at a minimum of five locations designated by Architect.

2. Temporary Patch: As directed by Architect, provide temporary materials at locations from which existing samples were taken.

3. Replacement Stone: Test each proposed type of replacement stone, according to ASTM C 170 for compressive strength, ASTM C 99 for modulus of rupture, and ASTM C 97 for absorption and bulk specific gravity.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.



B. Shop Drawings: For the following:

1. Replacement stone units and their jointing, showing relation of existing to new units.

2. Provisions for expansion joints or other sealant joints.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

D. Preconstruction test reports.


A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications: Engage an experienced stone restoration and cleaning firm to perform work of this Section. Firm shall have completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. Experience installing standard unit masonry or new stone masonry is not sufficient experience for stone restoration work.

1. At Contractor's option, work may be divided between two specialist firms: one for cleaning work and one for repair work.

2. Field Supervision: Restoration specialist firms shall maintain experienced full-time supervisors on Project site during times that stone restoration and cleaning work is in progress.

3. Restoration Worker Qualifications: Persons who are experienced in restoration work of types they will be performing.

B. Mockups: Prepare mockups of restoration and cleaning to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation.

1. Stone Repair: Prepare sample areas for each type of stone indicated to have repair work performed. If not otherwise indicated, size each mockup not smaller than 2 adjacent whole units or approximately 48 inches in least dimension. Erect sample areas in existing walls unless otherwise indicated, to demonstrate quality of materials, workmanship, and blending with existing work. Include the following as a minimum:

a. Replacement: Four stone units replaced.

2. Repointing: Rake out joints in 2 separate areas, each approximately 36 inches high by 48 inches wide for each type of repointing required and repoint one of the areas.

3. Cleaning: Clean an area approximately 25 sq. ft. for each type of stone and surface condition.

C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 STONE MATERIALS

A. Stone: Provide natural building stone of variety, physical properties, color, texture, grain, veining, finish, size, and shape to match existing stone.

1. For existing stone that exhibits a range of colors, texture, grain, veining, finishes, sizes, or shapes, provide stone that proportionally matches that range rather than stone that matches an individual color, texture, grain, veining, finish, size, or shape within that range.

2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone from the original quarry, Wissahicken Stone Quarry LLC.

2.02 MORTAR MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II, white where required for color matching of exposed mortar.

1. Provide cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114.

B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144 unless otherwise indicated.

1. Color: Provide natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color.

2. For pointing mortar, provide sand with rounded edges.

3. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match.

D. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides, compounded for mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars.

E. Water: Potable.

2.03 CLEANING MATERIALS

A. Water: Potable.

B. Nonacidic Liquid Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard mildly alkaline liquid cleaner formulated for removing mold, mildew, and other organic soiling from ordinary building materials, including polished stone, brick, aluminum, plastics, and wood.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements:



a. PROSOCO; Enviro Klean 2010 All Surface Cleaner.

C. Mild Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard mildly acidic cleaner containing no muriatic (hydrochloric), hydrofluoric, or sulfuric acid; or ammonium bifluoride or chlorine bleaches.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

a. PROSOCO; 101 Lime Solvent.

2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Stone Anchors and Pins: Type and size indicated or, if not indicated, to match existing anchors in size and type. Fabricate anchors and pins from Type 316 stainless steel.

B. Setting Buttons: Resilient plastic buttons, nonstaining to stone, sized to suit joint thicknesses and bed depths of stone units without intruding into required depths of pointing materials.

2.05 MORTAR MIXES

A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer.

1. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and sand together before adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for 15 to 30 minutes. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within one hour of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material.

B. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Architect's approval.

1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not exceed a pigment-to-cement ratio of 1:10 by weight.

C. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.

D. Mortar Proportions: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:

1. Pointing Mortar for Stone: Proportions as determined by testing the existing mortar.

a. Add mortar pigments to produce mortar colors required.

2. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar: Same as pointing mortar.



2.06 CHEMICAL CLEANING SOLUTIONS

A. Dilute chemical cleaners with water to produce solutions not exceeding concentration recommended by chemical-cleaner manufacturer.

B. Acidic Cleaner Solution for Unpolished Stone: Dilute with water to produce hydrofluoric acid content of 3 percent or less, but not greater than that recommended by chemical-cleaner manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PROTECTION

A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from stone restoration work.

B. Comply with chemical-cleaner manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical cleaning solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.

1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners used unless chemical cleaners being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use materials that contain only waterproof, UV-resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining.

2. Keep wall wet below area being cleaned to prevent streaking from runoff.

3.02 STONE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

A. At locations indicated, remove stone that has deteriorated or is damaged beyond repair. Carefully demolish or remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging surrounding stone, in a manner that permits replacement with full-size units.

B. Support and protect remaining stonework that surrounds removal area. Maintain flashing, reinforcement, lintels, and adjoining construction in an undamaged condition.

C. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids, cracks, bulges, and loose units in existing stone or unit masonry backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.

D. Remove in an undamaged condition as many whole stone units as possible.

1. Remove mortar, loose particles, and soil from stone by cleaning with hand chisels, brushes, and water.



2. Remove sealants by cutting close to stone with utility knife and cleaning with solvents.

E. Clean stone surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for replacement.

F. Replace removed damaged stone with other removed stone in good quality, where possible, or with new stone matching existing stone, including size. Do not use broken units unless they can be cut to usable size.

G. Do not allow face bedding of stone. Before setting, inspect to verify that each stone has been cut so that, when it is set in final position, natural bedding planes are essentially horizontal except for arches, where bedding planes are essentially radial or vertical, but perpendicular to the wall. Reject and replace stones with vertical bedding planes except as required for arches, lintels, and copings.

H. Install replacement stone into bonding and coursing pattern of existing stone. If cutting is required, use a motor-driven saw designed to cut stone with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Finish edges to blend with appearance of edges of existing stone.

1. Maintain joint width for replacement stone to match existing joints.

2. Use setting buttons or shims to set stone accurately spaced with uniform joints.

I. Set replacement stone with completely filled bed, head, and collar joints. Butter vertical joints for full width before setting and set units in full bed of mortar unless otherwise indicated. Replace existing anchors with new anchors of size and type indicated.

1. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of surrounding existing stonework.

2. Rake out mortar used for laying stone before mortar sets and point new mortar joints in repaired area to comply with requirements for repointing existing stone, and at same time as repointing of surrounding area.

3. When mortar is sufficiently hard to support units, remove shims and other devices interfering with pointing of joints.

3.03 CLEANING STONE, GENERAL

A. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from bottom to top of each scaffold width and from one end of each elevation to the other. Ensure that dirty residues and rinse water will not wash over cleaned, dry surfaces.

B. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each stone material and location.

1. Do not use wire brushes or brushes that are not resistant to chemical cleaner being used. Do not use plastic-bristle brushes if natural-fiber brushes will resist chemical cleaner being used.



2. Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at spray tip. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage stone.

a. Equip units with pressure gages.

3. For chemical-cleaner spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with cone-shaped spray tip.

4. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees.

5. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated.

C. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging stone surfaces.

D. Water-Spray Application Method: Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least 6 inches from surface of stone and apply water in horizontal back and forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage.

E. Chemical-Cleaner Application Methods: Apply chemical cleaners to stone surfaces to comply with chemical-cleaner manufacturer's written instructions; use brush or spray application. Do not spray apply at pressures exceeding 50 psi. Do not allow chemicals to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended by manufacturer.

F. Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area at each stage or scaffold setting. Periodically during each rinse, test pH of rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that chemical cleaner is completely removed.

1. Apply neutralizing agent and repeat rinse if necessary to produce tested pH of between 6.7 and 7.5.

3.04 PRELIMINARY CLEANING

A. Removing Plant Growth: Completely remove visible plant, moss, and shrub growth from stone surfaces. Carefully remove plants, creepers, and vegetation by cutting at roots and allowing to dry as long as possible before removal. Remove loose soil or debris from open joints to whatever depth they occur.

3.05 CLEANING STONEWORK

A. Mold, Mildew, and Algae Removal:

1. Wet stone with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.



2. Apply mold, mildew, and algae remover by brush or low-pressure spray.

3. Scrub stone with medium-soft brushes until mold, mildew, and algae are thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes for mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in mold, mildew, and algae remover often to ensure that adequate fresh cleaner is used and that stone surface remains wet.

4. Rinse with cold water applied by medium-pressure spray to remove mold, mildew, and algae remover and soil.

5. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup.

B. Nonacidic Liquid Chemical Cleaning:


2. Apply cleaner to stone in two applications by brush or low-pressure spray. Let cleaner remain on surface for period indicated below:

a. As recommended by chemical-cleaner manufacturer. b. As established by mockup.

3. Rinse with cold water applied by medium-pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil.

4. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup. Do not repeat more than once.

C. Mild Acidic Chemical Cleaning:


2. Apply cleaner to stone in two applications by brush or low-pressure spray. Let cleaner remain on surface for period indicated below:

a. As recommended by chemical-cleaner manufacturer. b. As established by mockup.


4. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup. Do not repeat more than once.

D. One-Part Limestone Chemical Cleaning:


2. Apply cleaner to stone by brush or low-pressure spray. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended by manufacturer.

3. Immediately repeat application of one-part limestone cleaner as indicated above over the same area.




3.06 REPOINTING STONEWORK

A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent:

1. All joints in areas indicated.

2. Joints where mortar is missing or where they contain holes.

3. Cracked joints where cracks can be penetrated at least 1/4 inch by a knife blade 0.027 inch thick.

4. Cracked joints where cracks are 1/16 or more in width and of any depth.

5. Joints where they sound hollow when tapped by metal object.

6. Joints where they are worn back 1/4 inch or more from surface.

7. Joints where they are deteriorated to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without tools.

8. Joints, other than those indicated as sealant-filled joints, where they have been filled with substances other than mortar.

B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required.

C. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup:

1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of 2 times joint width, but not less than 1/2 inch or not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered mortar.

2. Remove mortar from stone surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose stone for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris.

3. Do not spall edges of stone units or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged stone units as directed by Architect.

a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Do not use power-operated grinders.

b. Cut out center of mortar bed joints using angle grinders with diamond-impregnated metal blades. Remove remaining mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet.

D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose stone, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.

E. Pointing with Mortar:

1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing.

2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch until a uniform depth is



formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.

3. After low areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point all joints by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Fully compact each layer and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing stone has worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished mortar surface below face of stone to avoid widened joint faces. Take care not to spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed stone surfaces or to featheredge the mortar.

4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints as demonstrated in approved mockup. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by brushing.

5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.

a. Acceptable curing methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers.

6. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint.

F. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing stone, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work.

3.07 FINAL CLEANING

A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed stone surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water, spray applied at low pressure.

1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes.

2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.



Structural Steel 05120-1

SECTION 05120

STRUCTURAL STEEL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Work under this item shall consist of providing all labor, tools, materials, inspection, transportation, and equipment necessary to fabricate, deliver, erect, and repair Structural Steel in accordance with the details indicated on the Contract Drawings and as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager. Structural steel items include:

1. New stairway canopy framing and columns

2. Repair of existing canopy columns

3. HSS frame for glass block wind screen

4. Angles for connecting new infill panels to existing columns

5. Associated anchoring to concrete

B. Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by the fabricator to withstand design loadings.

C. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to prepare calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural data for structural steel connections.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete

B. Section 09900, Painting and Coatings

C. Section 13258, Lead Paint Removal

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Field Measurements:

1. Establish all field measurements required for proper fabrication and erection of structural steel elements. Submit all field measurements to the SEPTA Project Manager for review.



B. Shop Drawings:

1. Submit shop drawings showing all shop and erection details for all fabricated parts. Include welding technique and sequence, connections, holes, fasteners, splices, camber, fabrication and erection tolerances, type of paint system or other coating, weights of members, length of member, length of span, elevations, and critical clearances. Indicate all surface finishes and welds, both shop and field, using symbols conforming to AWS Standards.

2. Furnish setting diagrams, templates, and directions for the installation of structural framing anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedded items.

C. Welding Records and Data:

1. Prior to commencing any work requiring welding, submit the procedure which will be used for prequalifying welders and welding procedures. For all procedures other than those set forth in Section 3 AWS D1.1 submit a copy of procedure qualification test records.

2. Submit evidence of welder certification in accordance with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Lead Certification Act - Act of 1995, No. 44 for welders performing their trade on materials coated with lead-based paint.

3. Submit certified copy of qualification test record for each welder, welding operator, and tacker who will be employed in the work.

4. Submit certified copies of mill test reports.

5. Submit descriptive data for field welding equipment, including type and electrical power requirements.

6. Submit data reports of the results of nondestructive inspection tests of shop welds to the SEPTA Project Manager within 24 hours after the welds are made.

7. Indicate the type and location of shop welds tested, type and location of defects noted, measures taken to correct the defects, and the test results of corrected welds.

8. Report any defective welds which are not corrected.

D. Submit certified copy of reports for all analyses and mill test reports required by ASTM Specifications referenced herein, including test reports for filler metals for welding, and mechanical tests for high strength threaded fasteners.

E. Submit evidence of qualification as AISC Certified Building Fabricator and AISC Certified Erector of Structural Steel.




A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work.

C. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel framing that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

D. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel." Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

E. Reference Standards:

1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC):

a. 303 - Code of Standard Practice for Structural Steel Buildings and Bridges

b. 325 - Steel Construction Manual

c. 326 - Detailing for Steel Construction

d. 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings

e. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts

f. Design Guide 10 - Erection Bracing of Low-Rise Structural Steel Frames

g. AISC Quality Certification Program

2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)

a. A6 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling

b. A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

c. A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless



d. A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

e. A143 - Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement

f. A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Products

g. A307 – Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength.

h. A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength

i. A384 - Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies

j. F436 – Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers

k. A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes

l. A563 – Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts

m. F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105 ksi Yield Strength.

3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

a. ANSI B18.2.1, Square and Hex Bolts and Screws.

b. ANSI B18.22.1, Plain Washers.

c. ANSI/ASME B18.2.2, Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)

4. American Welding Society (AWS):

a. D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel

b. A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination

c. D1.7 Guide for Strengthening and Repairing Existing Structures.




a. ASTM A6/A6M, Standard Specifications for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling.

b. ASTM A36/A36M, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

c. ASTM A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

d. ASTM A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile.

e. ASTM A325, Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.

f. ASTM F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.

g. ASTM F1554, Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105 ksi Yield Strength.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

A. Exercise care so as to avoid bending, scraping, and overstressing the steel work or damaging shop-applied paint. Block with wood and protect projecting parts likely to be bent or injured.

B. Load, transport, unload, and store structural material in such a manner that the metal is kept clean and free from injury. Store material above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports, and cover and protect it from corrosion.

C. Mark weight on all members. Match-mark all shop pre-fitted members.

D. Ship small parts, such as rivets, bolts, nuts, washers, direct tension indicators, pins, fills, and small connecting plates and anchors in boxes, crates, or barrels. Pack separately each length and diameter of bolt and each size of nut and washer. Containers shall be plainly marked with an itemized list and description of the contents on the outside of each container.

E. Identify all materials by heat and lot, if applicable.

F. Pieces that become damaged, including damage to paint, during transport or during storage in the shop or at the jobsite shall be replaced or repaired at the discretion of the SEPTA Project Manager at no cost to the Authority.



PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS

A. General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A6/A6M.

B. Structural Quality Carbon Steel: Refer to Table 2-3 in AISC Steel Construction Manual for ASTM specification and grade for each type of steel product.

1. Angles, Channels, and Plate: ASTM A36

2. Rectangular HSS Tubes: ASTM A500 Grade B, Min. Fy = 46 ksi

3. Wide Flange: ASTM A992, Min. Fy = 50 ksi

2.02 FASTENERS

A. Square and hex bolts shall conform to applicable dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.2.1 for bolts and ANSI/ASME B18.2.2 for nuts.

B. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for Structural Steel Joints:

1. Bolts - ASTM A325 Type 1 Galvanized.

2. Standard Washers – ASTM F436 Galvanized.

3. Heavy Hex Nuts – ASTM A563 Galvanized.

C. Low Carbon Steel Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A or B.

D. Round Washers, other than those in contact with high-strength bolt heads and nuts: ANSI B18.22.1.

E. Beveled Washers: ASTM F436.

F. Lubricant for Bolts: Molybdenum disulfide base.

G. Eye rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, Hot -dipped Galvanized

H. Post-installed Anchor Rods: AISI type 304 or 316 stainless steel threaded rods (or approved equal).

I. Adhesive for anchoring to concrete and stone:

1. Provide adhesive anchors composed of an anchor rod assembly and injection cartridge complying with the requirements specified in Appendix D of ACI 318/318R and having an approved ICC-ES Evaluation Report for cracked and uncracked concrete.



2. Do not use adhesive anchors for installation vertically upward (overhead applications) or for applications where anchors will be subjected to sustained tensile loads, except where shown on the drawings.

3. Adhesive anchor manufacturers (and acceptable models):

a. Hilti Corporation: HIT RE 500-SD or HIT HY 200

b. Simpson Strong Tie: SET-XP

c. Approved equal.

4. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for drilling, cleaning, and preparation of holes in concrete and stone, and for injection of adhesive and insertion of anchor rod.

5. Ensure adequate anchor length to achieve full embedment of rod and complete engagement of nut.

J. Sealants

1. The following specified type of cold-applied sealant shall be used where contract drawings call for a sealant to fill holes in steel or voids between steel members.

a. Single-component type, ASTM C920.

b. Federal Specifications, TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A:

1) Sikaflex 15LM; Sika Corporation.

2) Vulkem 921; Tremco Incorporated.

2. Approved equal.

2.03 GROUT AND DRY-PACK MATERIAL

A. Non-shrink, Non-Metallic Grout: As specified in Section 03300.

2.04 PROTECTIVE COATINGS

A. Shop and field painting as specified in Section 09900.

2.05 ELECTRODES

A. Use low-hydrogen electrodes.

B. Matching filler-base metal requirements shall conform to AWS D1.1, Table 3.1.



C. Electrodes for structural plate, W shapes, pipe, tubes, and bars: Conform to ANSI/AWS Series Standards and use coated rods or wire of size and classification number as recommended by their manufacturers for welding positions and other conditions of use.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CONNECTION DESIGN

A. The Contractor shall design and detail all connections between structural steel members, including connections to existing steel elements and design of steel components connecting to timber (joist shear connections) or concrete elements (base plates and channel ledgers).

B. Using service loads given in the Contract Drawings, steel connection design shall be performed based on AISC 325 (Steel Construction Manual).

3.02 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and shop-assemble work in accordance with AISC Steel Construction Manual and AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.

B. Finish bearing surfaces to an ANSI roughness height value not greater than 500.

C. Grind exposed joints smooth and flush with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt-tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.

D. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site.

E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and resist corrosion of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

F. Exposed surfaces of all products shall be clean and free from surface blemishes, scratches or tool marks.

G. Weld closed the open ends of tube members using minimum ¼” thick plate so as to prevent water intrusion.

H. Create vent holes and weep holes at inconspicuous locations so as to allow trapped water to drain.



I. Connections:

1. Except where welded or ASTM A307 bolted connections are shown, use ASTM A325 bolts for shop connections.

2. Unless otherwise shown, bolt field connections using ASTM A325 bolts in accordance with AISC Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.

3. Bolts passing through HSS tubes are to be installed snug tight with tack welded or peened threads, so as to avoid crushing the tube walls.

J. Welding: Perform all welding using prequalified details and procedures in accordance with American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1.

K. Galvanizing:

1. All hardware shall be galvanized per ASTM A153.

2. All steel shall be galvanized after fabrication per ASTM A123.

3. After galvanizing, all structural steel shall be shop painted per 3.09 of Section 09900 Paints and Coatings.

L. Shop Painting:

1. Surface Preparation: Solvent Cleaning conforming to SSPC-SP1.

2. Apply shop coats of primer to structural steel in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures at mil thickness specified in Section 09900.

3. Apply only a primer coat onto faying surfaces.

3.03 ERECTION AND REPAIR

A. Erect steel members in accordance with AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.

B. Before erection proceeds, and with the steel erector present, verify elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance with requirements.

C. Report immediately to the SEPTA Project Manager, errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling or transportation which prevent proper erection and fitting of parts.

D. Erect steel elements true and plumb following the match marks.

E. Thoroughly clean surfaces to be joined.



F. Install anchor rods accurately in position shown.

1. The materials and methods for drilling and grouting of dowel rebars into cast in place concrete, as defined in Section 03300, shall also be used for the drilling and grouting of anchor rods into concrete or stone masonry. Holes drilled for anchoring rods in stone masonry shall be drilled into the stone and not the mortar joints.

G. Use temporary bracing if required to ensure stability and resist loads to which the structures may be subjected during construction. Leave bracing in place as long as may be required to ensure safety.

H. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates.

1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.

2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout.

3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure.

a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proprietary grout materials

I. As erection and repair progresses, perform sufficient bolting of the work to resist dead load, wind, and erection loads.

1. Ensure that holes are not enlarged and that the metal in the vicinity of the holes is not disturbed by drifting and other adjustment during assembly.

2. Enlarge holes to admit bolts for connections only as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager. Make the enlargement by reaming and not by burning. Avoid hand reaming. After reaming, all plies of the connection are to be separated and all steel filings are to be cleared by means of air blast. Complete removal of filings from between plies is to be verified by the SEPTA Project Manager before re-assembling the connecting elements.

3. Erection bolts used in welded construction shall be tightened securely and left in place.

4. The use of bullpins is forbidden unless specifically authorized by the SEPTA Project Manager.



5. Fasteners conforming to ASTM A325 shall be tightened to a minimum tension as required by the AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, except as specified in Part 3.01 of this Section.

J. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

1. Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.

2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp.

3. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch (13 mm) and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds.

K. Do not weld primary members in the field except as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

L. Splice members only where indicated.

M. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.

N. After erection and completion of repairs, clean all surfaces of oil, grease, loose mill scale, or any other substance.


A. The Contractor shall notify the SEPTA Project Manager five days prior to beginning fabrication to allow for a shop inspection.

B. Inspect field-assembled bolted construction in accordance with AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.

C. All shop and field welds shall be visually inspected by an independent AWS QC1 Certified Weld Inspector (CWI). As a minimum the inspection should include the following:

1. Review of shop drawings, weld procedures, welder qualifications and weld testing reports.

2. Final visual inspection of all single pass fillet welds ≤ 5/16”,

3. Continuous weld inspection of all complete and partial penetration welds, multiple pass fillet welds, and single pass fillet welds > 5/16”,



4. Magnetic Particle or approved alternate NDE weld inspection of all complete and partial penetration welds,

5. Verification of overall dimensions and geometry,

6. A report indicating that the above items were reviewed shall be submitted to the SEPTA Project Manager. The report shall be signed by the CWI, signifying compliance with AWS D1.1 codes.

D. If the CWI recommends further testing, the Contractor shall have questionable welds tested by a qualified inspector using magnetic particle, dye penetrant, etc., as directed by the SEPTA Project Manager. Correct all deficiencies in accordance with AWS D.1.1, Section 6.6 and have repaired welds tested at no additional cost to SEPTA.

3.05 FIELD TOUCH-UP PAINTING

A. General: Paint field bolts heads and nuts, field welds, and areas within 2" of welds and touch up abrasions to the shop coat in accordance with 3.06 of Section 09900.

B. Surface Preparation: Use methods at least as effective as those specified for the structure itself but in no case less than SSPC-SP 3 for removal of handling marks and SSPC-SP 15 for areas showing rust.

C. Paint: Use the paint system and method of application for shop and field structural steel as specified in 09900 Paints and Coatings.

END OF SECTION


Metal Fabrications 05500-1

SECTION 05500

METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The work of this section includes:

1. Steel signframes.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 09900: Paints and Coatings

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.

B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Steel

B. Shop Drawings: Provide Shop Drawings for the following:

1. Steel signframes.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

B. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.




A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Signframes shall be delivered to the specified work location by the Contractor starting within fif-teen (15) business days from the date of the request by the SEPTA Project Manager.

1. This is the minimum delivery requirement. The timeframe can be extended due to the size and complexity of an order only after review and approval by the SEPTA PM.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing.

D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use.

1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum.

B. Stainless-Steel Bolts, Nuts, and Threaded Rods: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 2.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings."



B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.

D. Epoxy Injection Adhesive: Hilti 500 injection adhesive system.

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.

E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no

roughness shows after finishing.

F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.

2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.



B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface.

2.6 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion.

B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process.

C. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

1. Shop prime with primers specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings.”

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Installation of the signframes by Contractor.



Rough Carpentry 06100 - 1

SECTION 06100

ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work in this section consists of carpentry for the new wood roofing members, tongue

and groove decking for the Wyndmoor Station stairway canopies and outbound parking lot canopy.

B. The contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of delivery, storage and installation of all materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Section 02050 Demolition Section 07522 Cold Applied Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Section 07920 Joint Sealants 1.03 REFERENCES ALSC (American Lumber Standards Committee) - Softwood Lumber Standards. ANSI A208.1 - Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard APA (American Plywood Association) AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) – UC3B Preservative and Structural Lumber Fire

Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process for UC3B exposure category. NFPA (National Forest Products Association) SFPA (Southern Forest Products Association) RIS (Redwood Inspection Service) SPIB (Southern Pine Inspection Bureau)

WCLIB (West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau) WWPA (Western Wood Products Association) National Design Specification (NDS) for Wood Construction (2005 Edition)



Reference Design Values for Wood Construction (2005 Edition), a supplement to National Design Specification (NDS Supplement)

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each process and factory-fabricated product, indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

1. Include data for wood preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and signification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements.

B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products specified are products delivered and installed. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform work in accordance with Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC.

B. Perform work in accordance with Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA.

C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship":


A. Stack plywood and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: Structural composite lumber made from wood strand elements with grain primarily parallel to member lengths.

B. Stairway Roof Joists: Southern Pine Select Structural, 19 percent maximum moisture content. (Minimum Reference Design Values for Visually Graded Dimension Lumber to match those given in Table 4B of NDS Supplement.)



C. Miscellaneous Framing and Blocking: Southern Pine No. 1, 19 percent maximum moisture

content.

D. Tongue and Groove Wood Decking: Southern Pine No. 1, 19 percent maximum moisture content. (Minimum Reference Design Values for Visually Graded Decking to match those given in Table 4E of NDS Supplement.)

E. Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing: APA Plywood: APA Rated Sheathing Structural I,

Grade C-D; Exposure Durability 1; unsanded.

1. Sloped Roof Sheathing 7/16” Thick, 48”x96” sized sheets, square edges. 2.02 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners, Anchors, and Sealants: See sections 07620 and 07920, ‘Manufactured Roof Specialties’ and ‘Joint Sealants’.

B. Wood-to-steel fastners for sill plate: Simpson Strong Tie TB Wood-to Steel Screw or powder-actuated fastners.

2.03 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT

A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): AWPA Treatment C1 using water borne preservative with 0.25 percent retainage.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION

A. Framing and Joists

1. Carefully select all members. Select individual pieces so that knots and defects will not interfere with placement of bolts, when nailing or making connections. Discard defective pieces.

2. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct position. 3. Make provisions for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain

structure to ensure safety, plumbness, and alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing.

4. Place horizontal members, crown side up. 5. Construct load-bearing framing members full length without splices. 6. Discard pieces with defects that would decrease required strength of load-bearing

members. 7. Installed joist and framing members shall be:

a. Straight with a side variation tolerance of ¼” per 10 linear feet b. Plumb within ¼” per 10 linear feet



c. Level within ¼” per 10 linear feet d. Square

B. Sheathing

1. Secure roof sheathing with longer edge (strength axis) perpendicular to framing

members and with ends staggered and sheet ends over bearing. 2. Place building paper horizontally over wall sheathing; weather lap edges and ends.

C. Nailing and connectors: 1. Confirm that quantities, spacing, and patterning of fasteners meet building code

requirements and are as specified herein. 2. Nail at sufficient edge distance to avoid splitting wood. 3. Predrill as required to avoid splitting 4. Remove and replace split framing members. 5. Check nailing at each stage of framing before installing subsequent framing. 6. Nail heads flush or recessed as required. 7. Bent or used nails shall not be reused.

3.03 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT

A. Apply preservative treatment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

1. Brush apply two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials and metal studs. Treat site-sawn cuts.

2. Brush two coats of clear sanding sealer primer on underside of tongue and groove

and stairway roof joists. Brush one coat of spar urethane sealer on underside of tongue and groove and stairway roof joists per contract drawings.

3. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of members cut or

otherwise modified in the field.

4. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members.



Cold-Applied Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing 07522-1

SECTION 07522

COLD-APPLIED SBS-MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work of this section includes the physical requirements and methods of installation for a cold applied SBS-Modified Bituminous Roofing System. The contractor shall be responsible for a complete, water tight, warranted and inspected system. This system shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following:

1. SBS Modified Mineral Cap Sheet 2. Polyester and glass-fiber felt base sheets 3. Flashing Materials 4. Adhesives

B. The contractor shall be responsible for all materials, labor, equipment and storage.

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:

Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07522 Manufactured Roof Specialties Section 07900 Joint Sealers

B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.03 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. General: Install cold applied sbs-modified roofing system to be waterproof, withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing.

B. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure.

C. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.



D. Provide manufacturer warranty for entire roof system, including flashing and adhesives.

E. FM Global(FMG) Listing: Provide roofing membrane, base flashings, and component materials that comply with requirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a roofing system and that are listed in FMG’s “Approval Guide” for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FMG markings.

1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-90. 2. Hail Resistance: SH.

1.04 SUBMITTALS


B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.

1. Base and counter flashings, cants, and membrane terminations.

2. Roof deck repairs

3. Scuppers and drain fabrication/installation

C. Samples for Verification: Provide catalogue cuts and two (2) 12-by-12-inch samples for each of the following products:

1. Base-ply sheet.

2. Mineral-granule-surfaced roofing membrane cap sheet of color specified.

3. Walkway pad or walkway cap sheet.

4. Flashing material

5. Two fasteners of each type, length, and finish.

D. Manufacturer Certificates:

1. Certify that materials are manufactured in the United States and conform to requirements specified herein, are chemically and physically compatible with each other, and are suitable for inclusion within the total roof system specified herein.

2. Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in “Performance Requirements” Article.

a. Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements.

E. Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system.



F. Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in “Performance Requirements” Article.

1. Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements.

G. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer, and infrared scanning company.

H. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of roofing system.

I. Research/Evaluation Reports and MSDS Sheets: For components of roofing system.

J. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

K. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

L. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer’s inspection report of completed roofing installation.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with not less than 12 years documented experience and have ISO 9001 certification.

1. Manufacturer shall have FMG approval for roofing system identical to that used for this Project.

B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer’s product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer’s warranty.

C. Technical Inspector Qualifications: Contractor will engage a qualified manufacturer’s technical representative for the entire length of the roof project every work day on a daily basis. Manufactures technical representative will be required to be on job site from the start of the work day to the completion of the work day. Manufacturer’s technical representative inspector shall perform roof inspections and tests and to prepare daily inspection and test reports. Manufacturer’s technical representative inspector shall not to be provided by an outside third party but from the manufacturer of the roofing system to be installed.

D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.



E. Infra-red scan must be made to the completed roof prior to application of final surfacing. Infra-red scanner must be approved by the manufacturer issuing the warranty. Cost of this survey must be included in the Contractor’s Base Bid.

F. Products: The products below must meet the following minimum physical properties: 1. Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet Typical Value Test Method Elongation @ 0 deg F +/- 3.6 deg F

5.1% MD 5.1% XMD

ASTM D 5147/6162

Elongation @ 73.4 deg F +/- 3.6 deg F

3.5% MD 3.5% XMD

ASTM D 5147/6162

Tensile Strength @ 0 deg F +/- 3.6 deg F

325 lbf/in MD 325 lbf/in XMD

ASTM D 5147/6162

Tensile Strength @ 73.4 deg F +/- 3.6 deg


ASTM D 5147/6162

Tear Strength @ 73.4 deg F +/- 3.6 deg F


ASTM D 5147/6162

Thickness 2.667mm ASTM D 5147/6162 Granule Color White

2. Roofing Membrane Base Ply Sheets Property Typical Value Test Method Pliability, 2” radius bend No Failures ASTM D 1490 Surfacing and Stabilizer 65% max ASTM 4601 Asphalt 10 lb/100 ft2 ASTM D 228-90a or ASTM

D 5147 Weight 31 lb./100 ft2 min ASTM D 228-90a or ASTM

D 5147 Tensile Strength 229 lbf/in. MD

258 lbf/in. XMD ASTM D 4073 or ASTM D 5147

Tear Strength 370 lbf/in. MD 370 lbf/in. XMD

ASTM D 4073 or ASTM D 5147

Elongation 6.0% MD 4.1% XMD

ASTM D 4601 or ASTM D 5147

3. Flashing Adhesive Property Typical Value Test Method Asbestos content None ASTM D 276-87 Viscosity @ 77EF 160,000-200,000 cP

min ASTM D 276-87

Density @ 77 EF 8.6 lb/gal min ASTM D 1475-85 Flash Point 80 deg F ASTM D 93



VOC 300 g/L max 4. Asphalt Materials: Interply Adhesive Property Typical Value Test Method Nonvolatile Matter 70% ASTM D 4479 Density @ 77EF 7.89 lb/gal ASTM D 1475 Asbestos content None EPA 600/R-93/116 Viscosity @ 77EF 40,000-200,000cP ASTM D 2196-86 Asphalt Content, Min 42% ASTM D 4479 or ASTM D

6511 5. Glass Fiber Fabric Property Typical Value Test Method Weight 9.0 lb/100ft2 ASTM D 146-90/1668 Moisture based on net weight None ASTM D 146-90/1668 Average tensile strength @ 70EF

65 lbf/in Warp Threads 75 lbf/in Filling Threads

ASTM D 1668

6. Cold Applied Insulation Adhesive Property Typical Value Test Method Asbestos content None ASTM D 3960-98 Viscosity @ 77EF 70,000 cP ASTM D 2556-93a Density @ 77EF 8.5 lb/gal ASTM D 1875-85 Tensile Strength @ 77EF 200 psi ASTM D 412-92 Elongation @ 7&EF 1200 psi ASTM D 412-98a Adhesion Strength in Shear @ 77EF

80psi ASTM D 816-92

Average T-Peel Strength @ 77 EF

15 lbf ASTM D 1876-95

Low Temp Flexibility Pass @ -60EF ASTM D 816-82

G. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system approved by roofing system manufacturer.

H. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.

1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated.



2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119, for fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies of which roofing system is a part.

I. Pre-Installation Conference: Convene a pre-roofing conference approximately two (2) weeks before scheduled commencement of modified bituminous roofing system installation and associated work. Comply with requirements for preinstallation conferences in Division 1 Section “Project Management and Coordination.” Review methods and procedures related to existing roof demolition, roof deck construction and/or repair and installation of new roofing system and associated work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner’s insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting

agency representative, all prime contractors, demolition contractor, roofing installer, roofing system manufacturer’s representative, deck installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment.

2. Review and finalize contractor proposal for Staging, Storage, Phasing and

Protection. 3. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including

manufacturer’s written instructions.

4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

5. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness, pitch and fastening.

6. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing.

7. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system.

8. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.

9. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation.

10. Review procedures to test flow of existing and/or new roof leaders during and after

roofing installation.

11. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.



J. Immediately correct Roof leakage during construction. If the Contractor does not respond within twenty four (24) hours, the Owner has a right to hire a qualified contractor and backcharge the original contractor.

K. Final Moisture Analysis: Compliance with dampness and moisture controls will be verified upon completion of the Work by an infrared scan provided by the roofing manufacturer.

L. Insurance Certification: Assist Owner in preparation and submittal of roof installation acceptance certification as may be necessary in connection with fire and extended coverage insurance on roofing and associated work.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. All work shall be performed in accordance with rules, regulations, procedures, and safe practices of SEPTA, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, OSHA, and all other govern-mental agencies having jurisdiction over the Work.

B. Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit unit of work to be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and war-ranty requirements.

C. Do not apply roofing insulation or membrane to damp or frozen deck surface.

D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed during same day.\


A. The Contractor shall store equipment and materials at the job site in accordance with instructions of the SEPTA Project Manager and in conformance with applicable regulatory provisions. The Contractor shall not store unnecessary items at the job site.

B. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer’s name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storage.

C. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight.

1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

D. Store and handle roofing sheets in a dry, well-ventilated, weather-tight place to ensure no possibility of significant moisture exposure. Store rolls of felt and other sheet materials on



pallets or other raised surfaces. Stand all roll materials on end. Cover roll goods with a canvas tarpaulin or other breathable material (not polyethylene).

E. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer’s written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

F. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

G. Do not leave unused materials on the roof overnight or when roofing work is not in progress unless protected from weather and other sources.

1.08 MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTIONS

A. When the project is in progress, the roofing system manufacturer will provide the following:

1. Keep the Architect or Owner informed as to the progress and quality of the work as observed.

2. Provide inspector to be on site full-time for the duration of the work.

3. Report to the Architect in writing any failure or refusal of the Contractor to correct unacceptable practices called to the Contractor’s attention.

4. Provide verification that the roof slopes positively to drains/scuppers and that there

are no low areas that may cause ponding.

B. When the project is complete, the roofing system manufacturer will provide the following:

1. Infra-red scan of project upon completion of the Work to confirm that the roof has been installed free of dampness and moisture. At the discretion of the manufacturer and approved by the Owner; large roof areas separated by dividers, completed sections can be scanned prior to completion of the entire roof installation. Cost of the scan shall be included in Contractor’s base bid.

2. Confirm after completion that manufacturer has observed no applications

procedures in conflict with the specifications other than those that may have been previously reported and corrected.

1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Sequence installation of modified bituminous sheet roofing with related units of work speci-fied in other sections to ensure that roof assemblies including roof accessories, flashing,



trim and joint sealers are protected against damage from effects of weather, corrosion and adjacent construction activity.

B. Fully complete all modified bituminous membrane roofing field assembly work each day. Phased construction will not be accepted.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. When warranties are required, verify with Owner’s counsel that special warranties stated in this Article are not less than remedies available to Owner under prevailing local laws. Coordinate with Division 1 Section “Product Requirements.”

B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks.

1. Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing membrane accessories, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate board, walkway products and other components of roofing system.

2. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion, with the option to extend for 10 additional years.

3. Manufacturer will be responsible for providing an infrared scan of the roof upon completion of the Work.

4. Manufacturer will be responsible for inspecting the roof each year to determine if any maintenance or repairs need to be done to maintain the warranty. Manufacturer will inform SEPTA of any necessary maintenance, and inspect upon SEPTA’s completion of the work.

5. If the manufacturer fails to perform the yearly inspection and the roof develops a leak that year, the manufacturer shall hold SEPTA harmless and honor the full roof warranty.

C. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer’s warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as roofing membrane, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, roof pavers, and walkway products, for the following warranty period:

1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide warrantied systems by one of the following:

1. The Garland Company, Inc. 3800 East 91st Street Cleveland, OH 44105 Fax: 216-641-0633 Phone: 216-641-7500 Toll Free: 800-321-9336

2. Tremco, Inc. 3735 Green Road Beachwood, Ohio 44122 Phone: 216-292-5000 Toll Free: 800-562-2728

3. Johns Manville Roofing 717 17th Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Phone: 303-978-2000 Toll Free: 800-654-3103

4. Or approved equal manufacturers

B. The following requirements apply for product selection:

1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.

2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.

3. Any item or materials submitted as a substitution to the manufacturer specified must comply in all respects as to the quality and performance of the brand name specified and the manufacturer shall provide all services specified. The Architect/Owner shall be the sole judge as to whether or not an item submitted as a substitute is truly equal.

4. Substitutions and/or Equals must be submitted for review a minimum of 5 working days prior to the bid opening. Sufficient information to evaluate the substitution must be supplied or the substitution will be rejected. It shall be at the Contractor’s risk to submit a substitution after being awarded the contract. If after evaluating the substitution SEPTA determines the substitution not equal to the specified product then



it shall be the Contractors responsibility to make good on the specified product with no extra cost to SEPTA.

2.02 SBS-MODIFIED ASPHALT-SHEET MATERIALS

A. Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D 6162, Grade G, Type I, II, or III composite polyester and glass-fiber-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt sheet; asbestos-free; light colored; granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified.

1. The following products are acceptable. Other products may be considered but must meet or exceed all ASTM tests for elongation, tear strength, tensile strength and thickness.

a. Garland StressPly Plus Membrane b. Tremco POWERply 300 FR Granular c. Johns Manville DynaMax FR Plus

B. Roofing Membrane Base Ply Sheets: ASTM D A601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated, asbestos free, polyester and glass-fiber felt.

1. The following products are acceptable. Other products may be considered but must meet or exceed all ASTM tests for pliability, weight, breaking strength and asphalt content.

a. Garland HPR Tri-Base Premium b. Tremco BURmastic Modified Premium Composite Ply c. Johns ManvilleGlas DynaMax S Plus

2.03 FLASHING MATERIALS

A. One layer of base ply material and one layer of cap sheet material

B. Cold-Applied Flashing Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer’s standard asphalt-based, one- or two-part, asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with membrane felt ply sheets.

1. The following products are acceptable. Other products may be considered but

must meet or exceed all ASTM tests for density, viscosity and flash point.

a. Garland Weatherking Flashing Adhesive b. Tremco POWERPly Rubberized Cold Adhesive c. Johns Manville MBR Flashing Cement

C. Flashing Reinforcement: Manufacturer’s standard fiberglass or stitch bonded polyester scrim.



1. The following products are acceptable. Other products may be considered but must meet or exceed all ASTM tests for density, viscosity and flash point.

a. Garland HPR Garmesh b. Tremco BURmesh c. Johns Manville PermaFlash scrim

2.04 ASPHALT MATERIALS

A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.

B. Membrane Interply adhesive

1. The following products are acceptable. Other products may be considered but must meet or exceed all ASTM tests for density, viscosity and nonvolatile matter. a. Garland Weatherking b. Tremco POWERply Standard Cold Adhesive c. Johns Manville MBR Bonding Adhesive

2.05 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with built-up roofing.

B. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manufacturer for application.

C. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified bitumen, nonhardening, nonmigrating, nonskinning, and nondrying.

D. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions in FM 4470; designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength; and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

E. Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 7 Section “Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.”

F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer.

2.06 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Pads: Walkway panels: 30 inches x 48 inches, granule surfaced, fiberglass

reinforced panel approved by manufacturer of roof system.



PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system:

1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that

roof drains are securely clamped in place.

2. Verify that cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation.

3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of roof deck complies with

requirements in applicable roof deck sections. 4. Verify that existing roof is in proper condition.

5. Verify that roof positively slopes to drain.

6. Verify that concrete curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components

to roof deck have been removed.

7. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263.

a. Test for moisture by pouring 1 pint of hot roofing asphalt on deck at start

of each day’s work and at start of each roof area or plane. Do not proceed with roofing work if test sample foams or can be easily and cleanly stripped after cooling.

8. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with no adjacent

units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane relative to adjoining deck.

9. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing

installation according to roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions. Remove sharp projections.



B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

C. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at a rate of ¾ gal./100 sq. ft. and allow

primer to dry.

3.03 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer’s written

instructions and applicable recommendations of ARMA/NRCA’s “Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing.”

1. Install roofing system according to applicable specification-plate classifications in

NRCA’s “The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual” and requirements in this Section.

B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer’s

technical personnel. C. Where roof slope exceeds ¾ inch per 12 inches (1:18), install roofing membrane sheets

parallel with slope.

1. Backnail roofing membrane sheets to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions.

D. Cooperate with testing and inspecting agencies engaged or required to perform services

for installing roofing system. E. Coordinate installing roofing system so insulation and other components of the roofing

membrane system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast.

1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day’s work to cover exposed roofing membrane

sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt with joints and edges sealed.

2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system.

3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.



F. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction.

3.04 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION

A. Install two plies of Membrane Base Ply Sheets according to roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions starting at low point of roofing system. Align base-ply sheets without stretching. Shingle side laps of base-ply sheets uniformly to ensure required number of base-ply sheets covers substrate at any point. Shingle in direction to shed water. Extend base-ply sheets over and terminate beyond cants.

B. Install modified bituminous roofing membrane cap sheet according to roofing

manufacturer’s written instructions, starting at low point of roofing system. Extend roofing membrane sheets over and terminate beyond cants, installing as follows: 1. Adhere to substrate in cold-applied adhesive. 2. Unroll roofing membrane sheets and allow them to relax for minimum time period

required by manufacturer.

C. Laps: Accurately align roofing membrane sheets, without stretching, and maintain uniform side and end laps. Stagger end laps. Completely bond and seal laps, leaving no voids.

1. Repair tears and voids in laps and lapped seams not completely sealed. 2. Apply roofing granules to cover exuded bead at laps while bead is hot and/or

liquid.

D. Install roofing membrane sheets so side and end laps shed water. 3.05 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION

A. First install base flashing consisting of a base ply and a cap sheet over cant strips and

other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof, and secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions and as follows:

1. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 2. Flashing Sheet Application: Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in cold adhesive

applied at rate required by roofing system manufacturer.

B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane, and a maximum of 24” up the vertical surface. Extend base flashing a



minimum of 8 inches onto field of roofing membrane. Extend base flashing up and over parapets and roof curbs covering top.

C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing.

1. Seal top termination of base flashing with a strip of glass-fiber fabric set in asphalt

roofing cement.

D. Install stripping, according to roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions, where metal flanges and edgings are set on roof membrane.

E. Built-up Stripping: Install stripping of not less than 2 roofing membrane base ply sheets,

setting each ply in a continuous coating of cold applied asphalt and extend onto roofing membrane 4 inches and 6 inches, respectively.

F. Strip in base of flashing to roof system and vertical flashing laps, using a three course

application of glass-fiber fabric set in Flashing Adhesive and covered with approved mastic.

G. Roof Drains: Set 30-by-30-inch metal flashing in bed of asphalt roofing cement on

completed roofing membrane. Cover metal flashing with stripping and extend a minimum of 4 inches beyond edge of metal flashing onto field of roofing membrane. Clamp roofing membrane, metal flashing, and stripping into roof-drain clamping ring.

1. Install flashing-sheet stripping by same method as installing base flashing.

2. Install stripping of not less than two roofing membrane ply sheets, each set in a

continuous coating of asphalt roofing cement. 3.06 WALKWAY INSTALLATION

A. Walkway Pads: Install walkway pads using units of size indicated or, if not indicated, of

manufacturer’s standard size according to walkway pad manufacturer’s written instructions.

1. Leave 2 inches of space between adjacent roof pavers.


A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.

B. Test Cuts: Test specimens will be removed to evaluate problems observed during quality-

assurance inspections of roofing membrane as follows:



1. Approximate quantities of components within roofing membrane will be determined according to ASTM D 3617.

2. Test specimens will be examined for interply voids according to ASTM D 3617 and to comply with criteria established in Appendix 3 of ARMA/NRCA’s “Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing.”

C. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall flood roof and verify with project manager

that entire roof flows adequately to drains.

D. Final Roof Inspection: Roofing system manufacturer’s technical personnel shall inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect.

1. Notify Architect or Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection.

E. Infrared scan shall be completed at the end of the project.

F. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

G. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine

compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.08 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.

When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements,

repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and

procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

3.09 ROOFING INSTALLER’S WARRANTY A. WHEREAS the “Roofing Installer,” has performed roofing and associated work on the

following project:

1. Owner: <Insert name of Owner.> 2. Address: <Insert address.>



3. Building Name/Type: <Insert information.> 4. Address: <Insert address.> 5. Area of Work: <Insert information.> 6. Acceptance Date: <Insert date.> 7. Warranty Period: <Insert time.> 8. Expiration Date: <Insert date.>

B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period,

C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions

herein set forth, that during Warranty Period the installer will, at the installer’s own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.

D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of

the building, and to building contents, caused by:

a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding <Insert wind speed> mph (m/sec); c. fire; d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement,

excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents,

equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work;

f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors,

maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.

2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null

and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated.

3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work.



4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty.

5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty.

6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration.

7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner’s General Contractor.

E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this <Insert day> day of

<Insert month>, <Insert year>.

1. Authorized Signature: <Insert signature.> 2. Name: <Insert name.> 3. Title: <Insert title.>



Platform Coating 07570-1

SECTION 07570

PLATFORM COATING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work of this section consists of the installation of a multi-layered concrete coating system.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials, labor, storage and equipment. This shall

include but not necessarily be limited to site preparation and installation.

1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all proposed material substitutions ten days prior to the bid opening date. Include written

verification that the proposed substitute meets or exceeds all the performance criteria specified in this section. If the proposed substitute does not meet or exceed all the performance criteria specified in this section, submit the respective performance criteria of the proposed substitute, project references demonstrating a proven record of performance, compatibility documentation with entire concrete repair and protection system, and the cost savings to the owner.

B. Submit warranty upon acceptance of work.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The contractor shall be experienced in traffic coatings. This shall be demonstrated by providing in

writing successful project references. Contractor references must show the successful installation of a minimum of 200,000 square feet of resinous traffic coatings.

B. Contractor shall be qualified in the field of concrete repair and protection with a successful track record of 5 years or more. Contractor shall produce in writing from manufacturer of traffic coating proof of successful use their products in the field of concrete repair and protection.

C. The manufacturer shall be experienced in concrete repair and protection. This shall be demonstrated by providing proof of producing concrete repair and protection products for a minimum of ten years. The manufacturer of the specified product shall be ISO 9001 certified and have in existence a recognized ongoing quality assurance program independently audited on a regular basis.

D. The contractor shall schedule a site meeting with a representative of the product prior to commencement of work.

E. Deliver products in original, unopened containers with the manufacturer’s name, labels, product identification, and batch numbers. Store and condition the product in full compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.



F. The contractor will provide a 5 year workmanship warranty issued in conjunction with the Manufacturer’s 2 Year Project Warranty

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIS OF DESIGN

A. Sikadur Traffic System, as manufactured by Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey – Local

Contact, Leo DeMarco, 610-717-7003 Primer Sikadur 21 Lo-Mod

Binder resin: Sikadur 22 Lo-Mod Aggregate: To be selected from manufacturers’ standard colors

Clear Sealer Sikalastic 748PA Crack repair resin: Sikadur 52

Sealant: Sikaflex 1a, Sikaflex 1CSL, or Sikaflex 2c NS/SL Backer Rod: Closed cell, dense, polyethylene, extruded rod

2.02 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

A. Bond strength (ASTM C-882, 14 day): > 2,000 psi. B. Water absorption (ASTM D-570, 7 day, 2-hour boil): < 1.5 %. C. Chloride ion permeability (AASHTO T277): 0 coulombs D. Compressive strength (ASTM D-695, 28 day): > 6,000 psi. E. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D4060 modified, 73F): < 1.5 wear index. F. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D4060 modified, 120F): < 2.0 wear index. G. Tensile elongation (ASTM D638, 73F): > 22%. (14 Day 2,200psi) H. Tensile elongation (ASTM D638, 40F): > 20%. I. Thermal compatibility (ASTM C884): passes.

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Surfaces should be clean and sound. Remove all grease, curing compounds, surface treatments,

coatings, oils, and the like by mechanical means such as shotblasting, sandbasting or waterblasting to achieve a textured profile. Substrate may be dry or damp (< 4% moisture), but free of standing water.

B. Protect adjacent surfaces from coating such as tactile edge, stainless steel expansion joint, and all site accessories mounted on the platform. The coating system shall be installed to form a clean line at adjacent edges.

C. Pitted surfaces can be leveled by mixing binder resin with up to 5 parts of aggregate to create a trowelable mortar. Large areas of pitted surface can be leveled more efficiently by using a flat squeegee to spread binder resin and broadcasting aggregate.



D. Non-Moving cracks up to ¼” thickness to be filled with crack repair resin: If crack extends full depth through the slab, then seal crack from below first. Rout crack open to insure easy penetration. Pour crack repair resin into crack until completely filled.

E. Protect thermoplastic concrete logos, tactile edge and all baseplates from overspill. Mask off as required to create a straight and clean edge.

F. A 5’ by 5’ sample of the traffic coating shall be provided on site to approve the size and color of aggregate to insure desired appearance and level of non-slip property.

3.02 APPLICATION A. Mixing the epoxy resin adhesive binder: Proportion equal parts by volume of Component "A" and

Component "B" into a clean, dry mixing pail. Mix thoroughly for 3 minutes min. with a jiffy paddle on a low-speed (400-600 rpm) drill. Mix only that quantity of material that can be used within its pot life (25-35 minutes at 73 F).

B. Prime the prepared substrate with the mixed primer epoxy resin using a roller or flat squeegee. Do not over prime or puddle. Coverage should be approximately 200-250 sq ft/gal min.

C. While primer is still wet, apply 1/8 inch traffic coating: Spread binder resin at 32 sq.ft./gal. (50 mils), preferably with a 3/16 inch notched squeegee. Allow binder resin to self- level and if necessary use a spiked roller to aid in leveling. After binder resin is level, and while it is still wet, broadcast the selected aggregate until binder resin is fully covered and a dry appearance is obtained. This typically takes about 2 pounds of aggregate per square foot. Remove excess aggregate when system is ready for traffic. Allow to cure for approximately 24 hours.

D. Sealer - After sufficient cure, remove all excess aggregate and install Sikalastic 748 PA. Premix Sikalastic 748 PA Part A and Part B before combining. Add equal amounts of Part B to Part A while mixing using a mechanical mixer (Jiffy) at medium speed. Mix until a homogenous mixture and color is obtained (at least 3 minutes) and mix frequently during application to maintain uniform color. Scrape the sides of the container to ensure that no unmixed material remains and use care not to whip air into the material as this may result in pinhole blisters or shortened pot life. Pot life is 45-60 minutes at 75°F and 50% RH. Do not dilute under any circumstances. General application thickness is 16 mils WFT (~85 - 100 sf/g). Final texture will be determined by topcoat thickness. Minimum topcoat thickness is 16 mils WFT and will provide a greater degree of surface texture. If smoother texture is desired additional topcoat may be required. Refer to mixing and application instructions in separate data sheet for Sikalastic 748 PA. Allow 2-4 hours at 70°F and 50% RH or until tack free between coats and 24-48 hours before permitting heavy pedestrian or vehicular traffic.



E. Layers shall be per the following diagram:

1. Using a roller, prime prepared substrate with neat Sikagard 21, Lo-Mod.

2. Apply binder coat (50 mils) with a 3/16" x 3/16" notched rubber squeegee while primer is still wet. Allow the binder to self-level.

3. Slowly broadcast oven-dried sand into the binder, making several passes, allow the binder to bleed through the sand before making the next pass, cover completely.

4. After broadcast has reached sufficient cure, remove excess sand. Top coat with neat Sikalastic 748 PA using a roller or flat squeegee.

F. Concrete coating system to extend over concrete windscreen curbs.

G. Reseal all sealant joints: Remove old sealant, prepare joints, install backer rod, and fill with selected color of sealant. Adhere to all procedures, limitations and cautions for the product in the manufacturer’s current printed literature.

3.03 CLEANING

A. Leave finished work and work area in a neat, clean condition without evidence of spillovers onto

adjacent areas.

END OF SECTION

4

2, 3

1


Manufactured Roof Specialties 07710-1

SECTION 07710

MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The work of this section includes: Copings, roof-edge flashings, roof-edge drainage systems, reglets and counterflashings.

1.2 RELATED WORK

1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 2. Section 07522 Cold-Applied Membrane Roofing 3. Section 07920 Joint Sealants

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. FM Approvals' Listing: Manufacture and install copings and roof-edge flashings that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, Class 1-90. Identify materials with FM Approvals' markings.

1.4 SUBMITTALS


B. Shop Drawings: For roof specialties. Include plans, elevations, expansion-joint locations, keyed details, and attachments to other work. Distinguish between plant- and field-assembled work.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

D. Product test reports.

E. Maintenance data.

F. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace roof specialties that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METALS

A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper to suit forming operations and performance required.

1. Surface: Smooth, flat finish.

2. Mill Finish: As manufactured.

3. Exposed Coil-Coated Finishes: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. System consisting of primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight.

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304.

2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Felt: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt, nonperforated.

B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.

1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F.

2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F.

C. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3-lb/100 sq. ft. minimum, rosin sized.


A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items required by manufacturer for a complete installation.

B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's recommended fasteners, suitable for application and designed to meet performance requirements. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated:

1. Exposed Penetrating Fasteners: Gasketed screws with hex washer heads matching color of sheet metal.

2. Fasteners for Aluminum and Stainless Steel: Series 300 stainless steel.

3. Fasteners for Wood: Hot dipped galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations.



4. Anchors for Wood: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete. Bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel.

C. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant of type, grade, class, and use classifications required by roofing-specialty manufacturer for each application.

D. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.

E. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

F. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application.

2.4 ROOF-EDGE FASCIA AND FLASHINGS

A. Roof-Edge Fascia: Manufactured, two-piece, roof-edge fascia consisting of snap-on metal fascia cover in section lengths not exceeding 12 feet and a continuous formed- or extruded-aluminum anchor bar with integral drip-edge cleat to engage fascia cover. Provide matching corner units.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Hickman Company, W. P. b. Drexel Metals Inc. (2101 Green Ln, Levittown, PA 19057, (888) 321-9630 c. SAF Inc, Perimeter Systems; 8370 E. Highway 78, Villa Rica, GA 30180, (800) 334-9823

2. Fascia Cover: Fabricated from the following exposed metal:

a. Formed Aluminum: Thickness as required to meet performance requirements.

3. Corners: Factory mitered and continuously welded.

4. Splice Plates: Concealed, of same material, finish, and shape as fascia cover.

5. Gravel Stop: Same material finish as fascia cover.

2.5 REGLETS AND COUNTERFLASHINGS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Hickman Company, W. P. 2. Drexel Metals Inc. (2101 Green Ln, Levittown, PA 19057, (888) 321-9630 3. MM Systems Corporation. 4. National Sheet Metal Systems, Inc.

B. Reglets: Manufactured units formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, from the following exposed metal:



1. Stainless Steel: 0.025 thick.

2. Corners: Factory mitered and continuously welded.

3. Surface-Mounted Type: Provide reglets with slotted holes for fastening to substrate, with neoprene or other suitable weatherproofing washers, and with channel for sealant at top edge.

4. Masonry Type, Embedded: Provide reglets with offset top flange for embedment in masonry mortar joint.

C. Counterflashings: Manufactured units of heights to overlap top edges of base flashings by 4 inches and in lengths not exceeding 12 feet designed to snap into reglets or through-wall-flashing receiver and compress against base flashings with joints lapped, from the following exposed metal:

1. Stainless Steel: 0.025 thick.

D. Accessories:

1. Flexible-Flashing Retainer: Provide resilient plastic or rubber accessory to secure flexible flashing in reglet where clearance does not permit use of standard metal counterflashing or where reglet is provided separate from metal counterflashing.

2. Counterflashing Wind-Restraint Clips: Provide clips to be installed before counterflashing to prevent wind uplift of counterflashing lower edge.

2.6 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Install roof specialties according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof specialties securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete roof-specialty systems.

1. Install roof specialties level, plumb, true to line and elevation; with limited oil-canning and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks.

2. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder and sealant.

3. Install roof specialties to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before manufacture.

4. Torch cutting of roof specialties is not permitted.

5. Install underlayment with adhesive for temporary anchorage. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches. Roll laps of self-adhering sheet underlayment with roller; cover within 14 days.

B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.



1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum and stainless-steel roof specialties with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.

2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or self-adhering, high-temperature sheet underlayment.

C. Expansion Provisions: Allow for thermal expansion of exposed roof specialties.

1. Space movement joints at a maximum of 12 feet with no joints within 18 inches of corners or intersections unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

2. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures.

D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.

E. Seal joints with sealant as required by roofing-specialty manufacturer.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. Place sealant to be completely concealed in joint. Do not install sealants at temperatures below 40 deg F.

G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches except reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work. Tin edges of uncoated copper sheets using solder for copper. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.

H. Install cleats, cants, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners.

I. Anchor roof edgings with manufacturer's required devices, fasteners, and fastener spacing to meet performance requirements.

2.7 ROOF-EDGE DRAINAGE-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install components to produce a complete roof-edge drainage system according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2.8 REGLET AND COUNTERFLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Counterflashings: Insert counterflashings into reglets or other indicated receivers; ensure that counterflashings overlap 4 inches over top edge of base flashings. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with sealant. Fit counterflashings tightly to base flashings.



2.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as roof specialties are installed.



Joint Sealants 07920-1

SECTION 07920

JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. The work of this section provides for the furnishing and installation of urethane joint sealants in addition to sealants specified in other sections.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07522 Cold-Applied SBS-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing Section 07710 Manufactured Roof Specialties

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.

B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.

C. Product test reports.

D. Preconstruction compatibility and adhesion test reports.

E. Field-adhesion test reports.

F. Warranties.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.

B. Reference Standards:

1. American Society for Testing and Material: ASTM D-412, Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension.

2. Federal Specifications:



a. Federal Specification TT-S-00230C, Sealing Compound Elastomeric Type, Single Component (for Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures).

b. Federal Specification TT-S-00227E, Sealing Compound Elastomeric Type, Multi-Component (For Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures).

1.05 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates.

B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be non-staining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.

2.02 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Urethane Joint Sealant, US-1: ASTM C 920.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Pecora Corp. DynaTrol I-XL or comparable product by one of the following:

a. Bostik, Inc. b. Sika Corporation; Construction Products Division. c. Tremco Incorporated.



2. Type: Single component (S).

3. Grade: Nonsag (NS).

4. Class: 25.

5. Uses Related to Exposure: Nontraffic (NT).

B. Urethane joint Sealant, US-2: ASTM C 920

1. Basis of design product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Pecora Corp. Urexpan NR-200 or comparable product log one of the following:

a. Bostik, Inc. b. Silca Corporation; Construction Products Division c. Tremco Incorporated

2. Type: Multi-component (M)

3. Grade: Pourable (P)

4. Class: 25

5. Uses related to exposure: Traffic (T)

2.03 JOINT SEALANT BACKING

A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer.


A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

1. For Urethane joint sealant US-2, employ Pecora P120 primer on aluminum surfaces.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.

2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.

3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials.

C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.



3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.

2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations.

G. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.


A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:

1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:

a. Perform 2 tests for the first 100 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate.

2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.

B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

3.04 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces, JS-1.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Joints between metal panels.



b. Other joints as indicated.

2. Joint Sealant: US-1.

3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

B. Joint Sealant Application: Exterior pitch pockets, JS-2

1. Joint location: Pitch pockets at base of catenary poles on roof

2. Joint Sealant: US-2

3. Joint Sealant Color: Aluminum stone



Exterior Fiberglass Doors 08210-1

SECTION 08210

EXTERIOR FIBERGLASS DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Fiberglass Exterior Doors 1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered by product data; and other pertinent data.

B. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer current product literature, including installation instruction.

C. Samples: Provide finish samples for all products.

D. Quality Assurance Submittals

1. Manufacturer Instructions: Provide manufacturer’s written installation instructions.

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver doors, materials and components in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact.

B. Store doors as recommended by manufacturer.

1.04 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer standard warranty indicating that doors will be free from material and workmanship defects from the date of substantial completion for the time periods indicated below:

1. Hardwood jambs: 5 Years.

2. Composite jambs and mouldings: 5 Years

3. Factory Prefinish: 5 Years



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURER

A. Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Special-Lite Inc., 501 P.O. Box 6, Decatur MI 49045

1. Model: AMP Flush Doors, SL-19-Wood Grain Door

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Fiberglass Skins: Manufacturer’s Standard Material; Strata Technology, incorporating multiple layers of resins, tinted resins, base colors and reinforcing materials.

1. Surface Texture: Wood Grain

B. Stiles and Rails: Aluminum

C. Core: Urethane Foam.

2.03 FIBERGLASS DOORS AND TRANSOMS

A. Acrylic Modified Polyester (AMP)

B. Door Construction: FRP fiberglass faced sandwich panel with tubular aluminum structure perimeter sub-framing. Integral edge to capture door face sheet edges. AMP to have authentic grain pattern and solid wood door characteristics and color.

C. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch.

D. 2-1/2 inch wide sub-frame stiles for lock and hinge sides

E. 2-1/2 inch wide flange channel reinforcing for locking hardware

F. Mortise and tenon joint with tie rod spline assembly

G. Insulated core, 25lb. psi polystyrene

H. 1/8” heavy wall closer and hardware reinforcing

I. Weatherstripped beveled lock and hinge stiles and door bottom trim

J. Hardware: None. Prep door for owner supplied hinge and lockset.

K. .120 AMP fiberglass face sheet



L. Vision Lites

1. Model: FL Series 2. Size: As Shown on Drawings 3. Provide 1” glazing 4. Provide ½” aluminum internal muntins where shown on drawings

2.04 FRAME

A. Rectangular tubular aluminum with 1/8” thick walls

1. Wall thickness supports aluminum gear hinges

B. Shear block mortise and tenon corner joint assembly

C. Applied surface mounted door and window stops

D. 1/8 inch heavy wall reinforcing for hardware, door stops, rim strikes, and closer

E. Gutter design at transoms

F. Aluminum finish to be anodized class 1 dark bronze

2.05 CONSTRUCTION ACCESSORIES

A. Sealants

1. Provide manufacturer recommended sealants maintain watertight conditions.

2.06 FABRICATION

A. Skins: Two detailed fiberglass skins created in molds using manufacturer’s standard method.

B. Frame & Core: Skins are adhered to engineered wood frames with exclusive core materials and bonding agents that permanently lock skin to frame.

C. Prefinishing: Permalane prefinishing system uses layers of specially formulated grain filler and UV-protective stain coats which are encapsulated in a final protective top coat.



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer’s installation guidelines and recommendations.

3.02 EXAMINATION

A. Inspect door prior to installation. B. Inspect rough opening for compliance with door manufacturer recommendations. Verify

rough opening conditions are within recommended tolerances.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Prepare doors and assemble components for installation in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Insert jamb into rough opening, inspect for good fit, mark location of sill and remove unit.

C. Prepare door and jamb for installation.

1. Apply flashing support to backside of sides and head of stone. 2. Install jamb over caulk at marked sill location. Check sill for level.

D. Weatherproofing: Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.



Steel Windows 08510-1

SECTION 08510

STEEL WINDOWS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Steel windows from 304 10 gage stainless steel.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Provide steel windows capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing windows that are representative of those specified according to ASTM E 330: 1. Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads under conditions indicated accord-

ing to ASCE/SEI 7. DP 55

B. Condensation-Resistance: Provide steel window with a CRF when tested according to AAMA 1503 of 36 maximum.

C. Thermal Transmittance: provide steel windows with the maximum total unit, whole –

fenestration product U-factor indicated when tested according to AAMA 1503.

1. U-Factor .037 Btu/sq ft x h x deg F.

D. Air Infiltration for Weather-stripped Ventilators: Not more than 0.07 cfm/ft after cycling. When tested in according to ASTM E 283.

E. Water penetration: per ASTM 331.

F. Window to meet 2012/2015 Energy Code.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material de-scriptions, fabrication methods, dimensions of individual components and profiles, hard-ware, finishes, and operating instructions.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to

other work, operational clearances, installation details, and the following:

1. Mullion details including reinforcement and stiffeners. 2. Joinery details.



3. Expansion provisions. 4. Flashing and drainage details. 5. Weather-stripping details. 6. Glazing details. 7. Window-cleaning provisions. 8. Accessories.

C. Window supplier and Installer shall review the Architectural details and confirm they are compliant with the manufacturer’s installation requirements prior to ordering and installing the window units.

D. Samples for Selection: For each type of steel window indicated.

1. Include similar Samples of hardware and accessories involving color selection.

E. Product Schedule: For steel windows. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.

F. Delegated-Design Submittal: For steel windows indicated to comply with performance re-

quirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For qualified manufacturer.

B. Warranties: Sample of special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For operable window sash, operable hardware, weather stripping and finishes to include in operation and maintenance manuals.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating steel windows that

meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by inclusion in lists, and by labels, test reports, and calculations.

B. Installer Qualifications: An installer acceptable to window manufacturer for installation of

units required for this Project.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain steel windows from single source from single manufacturer.

D. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.



2. Review and discuss finishing of steel windows that is required to be coordinated with

finishing of other steel work for color and finish matching.

3. Review, discuss, and coordinate the interrelationship of steel windows with other Exterior wall components. Include provisions for structural anchorage, glazing, flash-ing, weeping, air barriers, sealants, and protection of finishes.

4. Review and discuss the sequence of work required to construct a watertight and weathertight exterior building envelope.

5. Inspect and discuss the condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades.


A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of steel window openings by field Measurements before fabrication. All rough openings and details must be field verified pri-or to ordering and installation of the windows. No exceptions.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of steel windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection. c. Water leakage or air infiltration. d. Faulty operation of operable sash and hardware. e. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal

weathering.

2. Warranty Period: Twenty years from date of Substantial Completion.

3. Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

4. Warranty Period for Insulated Glass: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Arcadia Custom Thermal Steel Windows and Doors, 9280 East Old Vail Road, Tucson, Arizona 85747, (520) 574-7374, TSX-1000 and TSX-3200 or a comparable product.



2.2 MATERIALS

A. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of bronze, brass, stainless steel, or other metal that are war-ranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of steel windows.

1. Exposed Fasteners: If exposed fasteners are used, provide Phillips flat-head

machined screws that match finish of member or hardware being fastened, as appropriate.

B. Anchors, Clips, and Window Accessories: Provide units of stainless steel, or bronze com-plying with ASTM A 123/A 123M. Provide units with sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated.

C. Compression-Type Weather Stripping: Provide compressible weather stripping designed for permanently resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action and for complete conceal-ment when steel window is closed.

1. Weather-Stripping Material: Manufacturer's standard.

D. Trim Members, Screen Frames, Retainers for Weather Stripping, Flashing, and Similar

Items: Manufacturer's standard.

E. Glazing Stops: Manufacturer's standard non snap on glazing stops welded at corners. F. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated windows, provide manufacturer's standard,

permanently elastic, non-shrinking, and non-migrating type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint size and movement.

2.3 WINDOWS

A. Window Type: As indicated on Drawings.

B. 304 10 guage Stainless Steel Thermally Broken frame and ventilator members: Formed from 10 guage stainless steel.depth of frame or ventilator members, comply with the fol-lowing requirements: With profiles to match sections drawings included within the bid documents. 1. Stainless Steel:

a. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, Type 304. b. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. c. Applied Weather Stripping: Where indicated, 0.074-inch (1.9-mm) minimum

thickness.

2. Window Finish: Bake on high performance polyurethane paint system.



a. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range within the RAL selection.

C. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate steel members ex-posed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior.

2.4 GLAZING

A. Glass: Low-E insulating glass by Guardian Industries 62/27 tempered where required. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard factory-glazed system that produces weather-tight seal.

2.5 HARDWARE

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard non-removable, solid bronze hardware, with Operating components of stainless steel, carbon steel complying with AAMA 907, brass, bronze, or other corrosion-resistant material designed to operate smoothly, to close tightly, and to lock steel window ventilators securely. Provide hardware of sufficient strength to accommodate size and weight of ventilator for which it is intended.

B. Sill Cap/Track: Designed to comply with performance requirements indicated and to drain to the exterior.

C. Locks and Latches: Designed to allow unobstructed movement of the sash across adja-

cent sash in direction indicated and to operate from the inside only.

D. Roller Assemblies: Low-friction design.

E. Friction Shoes: Adjustable friction shoes of bronze, brass, nylon, or other nonabrasive, nonstaining, noncorrosive, durable material.

F. Hinges: Four-bar friction hinges complying with AAMA 904.

G. Multipoint Pushout Hardware: Comply with AAMA 901 when tested according to ASTM E

405, Method A.

1. Operator shall operate all ventilators simultaneously, securely closing them at both jambs without use of additional manually controlled locking devices.

H. Casement Windows: Provide the following operating hardware: 1. Hinges: Concealed, four-bar friction hinges with adjustable slide shoes; two per

ventilator. 2. Lock: Lift-type, multipoint cam-action lock.

I. Projected Windows: Provide the following operating hardware:

1. Lock: Cam-action, sweep lock handle with surface-mounted strike.



2.6 ACCESSORIES

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessories that comply with indicated standards. 2.7 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate steel windows of type and in sizes indicated to comply with SWI standards.

Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units.

1. Provide units that are reglazable without dismantling ventilator framing. 2. Prepare window ventilators for factory glazing.

B. Mullions: Formed of hot-rolled steel matching window units; with anchors for support to struc-ture and for installation of window units and having sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. Provide mullions of profile indicated and with cover plates. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections.

C. Subframes and Operable Ventilators: Formed of hot-rolled steel of profile indicated. Miter or cope corners, and weld and dress joints smooth.

D. Provide weep holes and internal water passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior.

E. Provide water-shed members above casement ventilators.

F. Glazing Frames and Muntins: Provide glazing stops and muntins in a 1 piece unitized system with welded intersections non-snap-on glazing stops; coordinate with Section 08 8000 "Glaz-ing" and with glazing system indicated. Provide glazing stops to match panel frames. Finish glazing stops to match window units if fabricated of steel; otherwise, provide manufacturer's standard finish.

2.8 STEEL FINISHES

A. Finishes:

1. Product cleaned with acetone parts washing system 2. Abrasive blated to SSPC 5 white metal appearances. 3. Spray application of Cardinal 4860-52 Chrome Acid Free Etch Spray. 4. Application of Cardinal epoxy primer 5. Spray application of Cardinal acrylic urethane color coat as selection from the full range

of RAL colors.



PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify rough opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate, and operational clearances. Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders, water and weather barriers, and other built-in components to ensure a coordinated, weathertight window installation.

1. Wood Frame Walls: Dry, clean, sound, well nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at

joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in opening and within 3 inches (76 mm) of opening.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, operators, accessories, and other components.

B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impediment to thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction.

C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, to provide weathertight construction.

D. Install windows and components to drain condensation, water-penetrating joints, and moisture migrating within windows to the exterior.

E. Separate corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials according to ASTM E 2112, Section 5.12 "Dissimilar Materials."

3.3 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION

A. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts.

B. Clean factory-finished steel surfaces immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Avoid damaging protective coatings and finishes.

C. Clean glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces.



D. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged

During construction period.

E. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations.

F. Refinish or replace windows with damaged finish.



Anti-Graffiti Coating 09190-1

SECTION 09190

ANTI-GRAFFITI COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Surface applied anti-graffiti coatings. 2. Extended written warranty. B. Related Items: 1. Section 09900- Painting 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300, unless otherwise indicated. Substitution requests must be submitted 14 day

prior to bid date. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s specifications and technical data including the following: 1. Detailed specification of construction and fabrication. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. 3. Certified test reports indicating compliance with performance requirements specified herein. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Statement of qualifications. 2. Statement of compliance with Regulatory Requirements. 3. Field Quality Control Submittals as specified in Part 3. 4. Manufacturer’s field reports. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Qualification: Not less than 5 years experience in the actual production of specified products. B. Installer’s Qualifications: Firm experienced in installation or application of systems similar in complexity to those required for this Project, plus the following: 1. Acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer. 2. Not less than 3 years experience with systems. 3. Successfully completed not less than 5 comparable scale projects using this system. C. Product Qualifications: The anti-graffiti coating shall meet the following requirements: 1. Active Content: Organofluorosilane. 2. Solvent: None, water-borne. 3. VOC Content: less than 50 grams per liter.



4. Cleaning Cycles: ASTM D 6578 “Standard Practice for Determination of Graffiti Resistance” minimum 25 cycles without loss of repellency.

5. Breathability: ASTM D1653 greater than 95% water vapor transmission. 6. Surface Appearance: No appreciable difference compared to non-coated surface. 7. Excellent Ultraviolet light stability.

D. Regulatory and Safety Requirements: Products must have independent laboratory analysis that material does not contain any known carcinogens. Materials shall comply with State and local regulations concerning AIM (Architectural, Industrial and Maintenance) coatings regarding Volatile Organic Content (VOC). If used indoors the material must comply with the following safety requirements:

a. Flammability, Smoke Spread and Toxic Fume Emission During Burning (BS 6853) i. Toxic gases below IDLH level. ii. Flame Propagation: Does not propagate flame iii. Smoke emission: No change

1.04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver products in original unopened packaging with legible manufacturer’s

identification. B. Storage and Protection: Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Maintain ambient temperature above 40 degrees F during and 24 hours after installation. 2. Do not proceed with application on materials if ice or frost is covering the substrate. 3. Do not proceed with application if ambient temperature of surface exceeds 100 degree F. 4. Do not proceed with the application of materials in rainy conditions or if heavy rain is anticipated with 4 hours after application. B. Sealer Coordination: 1. Verify compatibility with curing compounds, patching materials, repair mortar, paints, sealants, to be

used on masonry surfaces to ensure compatibility with the anti-graffiti coating. 1.06 SPECIAL WARRANTIES A. The system manufacture shall furnish the Owner a written single source performance warranty that the

Anti-Graffiti Coating System will be free of defects related to workmanship or material deficiency for a five (5) year period from the date of completion of the work provided under this section.

1. All defective areas shall be retreated by the system manufacture as determined by the Engineer. 2. The Anti-Graffiti manufacturer shall be responsible for providing labor and material to reseal areas where coating effectiveness does not meet the specified limits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS



A. Products of the following anti-graffiti manufacturer listed below will be acceptable for use on this project, provided that they meet the performance requirements of these specifications. Product substitution of materials or manufacturers must comply with Section 1.02.

1. Sherwin Williams Anti-Graffiti Coating B97N150

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. 1. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection: Install coverings to protect adjacent surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Surfaces to receive sealer shall be cleaned of dirt, oil, graffiti, grease, laitance, and other contaminants. All other surfaces shall be cleaned by mid-pressure water (1500 psi) and commercial paint strippers. Pressure washing is the minimum cleaning that will be accepted, other methods, such as blastracking, mobile power scrubbing and sandblasting may be submitted. 2. Remove dirt, dust and materials that will interfere with the proper and effective application of the anti-graffiti coating. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to prepare the surfaces of the concrete as recommended by the Anti-graffiti Manufacturer and acceptable to the Engineer 3. Check the compatibility of all caulking and patching material to be used with the anti-graffiti coating. 4. Sealants, patching materials, and expansion joints shall have been installed and approved. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Before an anti-graffiti coating will be accepted a field test evaluation will be done. The cost of the field testing will be the responsibility of the contractor. The owner’s representative will approve the test area prior to starting the project. 3.04 APPLICATION A. Product shall be applied as per manufacturer’s application instructions and recommendations for this specific project. Provide written copy of manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Apply at temperature and weather conditions recommended by the manufacture or written in this specification.



C. Surface residue shall be brushed out thoroughly until they completely penetrate into the surface. D. Protect treated areas from rain and other surface water for a period of not less than four hours after application. E. Provide adequate ventilation and follow all safety regulations for the City, County and State. 3.05 CLEANING A. As Work Progresses: Clean spillage from adjacent surfaces using materials and methods as recommended by anti-graffiti manufacturer. B. Remove protective coverings from adjacent surfaces when no longer needed. 3.06 COMPLETION A. Work that does not conform to specified requirements shall be corrected and/or replaced as directed by the Owners Representative at contractor’s expense without extension of time.

END OF SECTION


Paints and Coatings 09900-1

SECTION 09900

PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL


A. This specification section covers surface preparation, shop and field application of paints and coatings.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Section 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 07710 Manufactured Roof Specialties Section 07920 Joint Sealants Section 05120 Structural Steel

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.03 REFERENCES

A. ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.

B. ASTM D2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood.

C. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual.

1.04 DEFINITIONS

A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this Section.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

B. Product Data: Provide data including Material Safety Data Sheets for all finishing products.

C. Samples: Submit two samples, 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating selected colors and textures for each color selected.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures, substrate condi-tions requiring special attention, and preparing galvanized surfaces.



1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to applicable code for maintaining air quality during field application of finishes.

1.07 FIELD / SHOP SAMPLES

A. Provide field and shop samples of paint per Section 01300.

B. Provide field sample panel for the roof sheathing, 2 feet wide from ridge to eave, illustrating coating color, texture, and finish.

C. Shop paint all metal fabrication to the greatest extent possible for the wind screen and stair canopy framing. Provide sample of each to use as a reference for acceptance of shop finish-es.

D. Provide field sample of touch-up paint for items which were shop painted and field assembled.


A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600.

B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers. Inspect to verify acceptability.

C. Container label to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.

D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by manufactur-er's instructions.

1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.

B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the hu-midity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.

C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) for interiors; 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instruc-tions.

D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish and knot sealer:



65 degrees F (18 degrees C) for interior or exterior, unless required otherwise by manufactur-er's instructions.

E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft-candles measured mid-height at substrate surface before apply-ing paint.

1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish per Section 01700.

B. Provide 1 gallon of each color, type, and surface texture to SEPTA.

C. Label each container with color, type, texture, location, and manufacturer's label.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. 3. Duron, Inc. 4. M.A.B. Paints.

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating; good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.

B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finishes Specified, of commercial quality.

C. Patching Materials: Latex filler.

D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler.

2.03 POWDER COATING

A. Thermoset polyester powder two-coat system, electrostatically applied and oven cured complying with AAMA 2604.



B. Basis-of-design system: Powdura Low-Cure TGIC Polyester Powder Coating by the Sherwin Williams Company.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

1. Wood: 15 percent.

2. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.

C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing fin-ishes and primers. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application.

D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfac-es are dry.

1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and condi-tions.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be paint-ed. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

2. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated.



D. Steel Substrates: Remove loose rust, paint, and mill scale. Clean using methods recom-mended in writing by paint manufacturer.

E. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints.

1. Do not quench galvanized steel scheduled to be painted.

F. Aluminum Substrates: Remove surface oxidation.

G. Wood Substrates:

1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.

2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and remove dust.

3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.

4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

H. Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that might impair bond of paints to substrates.

I. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth.

3.03 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.

2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final in-stallation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only.

B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide suffi-cient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and col-or breaks.



3.04 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Paint shop primed equipment.

B. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately.

C. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are prefinished.

D. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas.

E. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment be-fore installing equipment.

F. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing.


A. Monitor and log surface temperature per manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not apply un-less surface temperature is within range.

B. Field inspection and testing will be performed per Section 01400.

C. Test questionably-coated areas for adhesion in accordance with tape test methods and other tests as directed by the Project Manager. If there is poor adhesion to the substrate, remove the coating in the affected area and reapply the material

3.06 REPAIR OF DAMAGE TO THE COATING SYSTEM

A. Localized Damage – At no additional cost to the Authority, prepare localized damage by sol-vent cleaning (in accordance with SSPC-SP 1 for structural steel) before recoating all dam-aged layers.

B. Extensive Damage - At no additional cost to the Authority, repair extensive damage to the coating by methods as directed by the Project Manager.

3.07 CLEANING

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.



B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by the SEPTA Project Manager, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or de-faced painted surfaces.

3.08 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Manufacturers: Sherwin Williams

B. Galvanized Metal:

1. Prime Coat: Kem Bond Primer B50AZ8

2. Finish: Two coats Industrial Enamel HS Gloss B54 Series

3. Color: To be determined during submittal process.

C. Shop Primed Ferrous Metal:

1. Finish: Two coats High-Solids Polyurethane


D. Ferrous Metal - Cast Iron:

1. Prime Coat: Corothane I - MIO Aluminum Primer

2. Finish: Two coats High Solids Polyurethane.


E. Dressed Lumber Substrates: Including architectural woodwork.

1. Prime Coat: A100 Exterior Oil Primer.

2. Finish: Two coats A100 Exterior Acrylic Satin Latex


F. Composite Substrates:

1. Prime Coat: Pro-Cryl Universal Gray Primer.

2. Finish: Two coats DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss.




G. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates:

1. Prime Coat: Prep Rite Problock Primer.

2. Finish: Two coats A100 Latex Flat.


3.09 EXTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE

A. Galvanized Structural Steel Substrates:

1. Polyurethane, Pigmented Coating System

a. Prime Coat: Corothane I - MIO Aluminum Primer (dry film thickness 3 to 5 mils) b. Finish: Two coats Polyurethane, two-component, pigmented, gloss (dry film thick-

ness 2 to 4 mils each coat)


B. Galvanized-Metal Fabrications:

1. Polyurethane, Pigmented Coating System

a. Prime Coat: Powdura, Zinc Rich Primer b. Finish: Powdura, Polyester Urethane Powder Coatings.




Panel Signage 10430-1

SECTION 10430

PANEL SIGNAGE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide all material, equipment, and labor to furnish and install station signage in accordance to SEPTA Standard Manual and as indicated on the contract drawings and as specified herein. All signage must be approved by SEPTA Graphics before final acceptance. Types of signage include the following:

1. Panel signage and associated fastenings.

B. Sign work under this Section includes furnishing sign faces and sign face mounting materials as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein.

C. Signfaces shall be delivered to the specified work location by the Contractor within thirty (30) business days from the date of the request by the SEPTA Project Manager.

1.2 SCOPE

A. Furnish sign faces per the “Signage Schedule” as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

B. The layout of the sign faces shall conform to the SEPTA Graphics Standards Manual, latest edition.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Division 1: General Requirements.

B. Section 05500: Metal Fabrications.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data

1. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, use limitations, and recommendation for each material product used. Provide certification that materials comply with requirements.

B. Submittals

1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all Work of this Section. Do not order materials or begin fabrication until Engineer's review has been obtained.



a. Show sizes and thicknesses of all members, types of materials, methods of connection and assembly, complete dimensions, hangers, brackets, anchorage, relationship to surrounding Work by other trades, shop finishes, sign designs, layouts, and lettering, and other pertinent details of fabrication and installation.

b. Field Measurements: To the greatest extent possible take accurate field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication.

c. Provide plans, elevations, and details of anchorages, connections and accessory items. Show all adjacent Work.

d. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchorage devices.

2. Samples: Submit full range of samples for each type of unit required, showing colors, textures, and finishes specified herein to the Engineer for selection and approval.

a. Samples of all colors and finish proposed for use on signs, at least 6-inch square, on same substrate to be used in the Work.

b. Full size paper proofs of all signs, with proposed colors marked thereon.

c. After approval of color match and lettering proofs, submit for Authority’s approval one full-size sign of each type, as selected by the Engineer, complete in all respects and ready for installation. Submit as many times as necessary until Authority's approval has been obtained.

d. Sample sign, upon approval, shall serve as a standard to be equaled for all other sign Work.

3. Schedule of Signs: Submit schedule of signs listing all signs to be fabricated:

a. List signs in sets, by their application at each station;

b. For each set of signs, describe sign material, copy of sign, and mounting system for sign.


A. Source: Provide materials which are products of a single manufacturer for each type of product or material required by this Section. Provide secondary or accessory materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.

C. All signage will comply with the latest edition of the SEPTA graphic standards for signage.



D. All signage shown in the design package is subject to change by SEPTA.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Fabricator's Qualifications: All fabricators shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the successful completion of projects employing similar materials, applications, and performance requirements.

B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: All manufacturers shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the successful completion of projects employing similar materials, applications, and performance requirements.


A. Panel signs shall be delivered to the specified work location by the Contractor within five (5) business days from the date of the request by the SEPTA Project Manager.

B. Deliver units cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job garage.

C. Inspect units upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new. Work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.

D. Store units at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4 inch-high wood blocking.

1. Avoid the use of non-ventilating type plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chambers. If packaging of units becomes wet, remove carton or crating immediately.

2. Provide 4-inch spaces between units to promote air circulation.

E. Completed sign panels shall be properly protected and maintained in good condition, free from dirt, scratches, handcarts or other blemishes. The panels shall be shipped in such manner as to insure their arrival on the job site in an undamaged condition.

F. Subsequent to erection, if directed by the Engineer, any exterior signs may be required to be covered until the actual use thereof is desired. Material used to temporarily cover any sign panel shall effectively conceal the message and be non-injurious to the panel, its finish, or its structural integrity.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. The work performed by the Contractor shall be guaranteed for the Manufacturer's standard period of time, from the date of Final Payment, against defects in workmanship and materials. All defective work and material shall be replaced or repaired within 48 hours after notification to the satisfaction of SEPTA and without any additional cost during the guarantee period.



B. The contractor shall certify that all pictogram, tactile, and Braille signage complies with the requirements of the ADA, the ADAAG, and the International Building Code, latest revisions. The Contractor shall replace any signs deemed not to be in compliance at the time of substantial completion at no cost to SEPTA.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least the strength and durability properties of Alloy 5005-H32.

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304 stretcher leveled standard of flatness.

C. Melamine Plastic Laminate: Of thickness indicated; rated non-static, fire-retardant, and self-extinguishing.

D. Vinyl Film: Provide opaque nonreflective vinyl film, 0.0035-inch minimum, with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior applications.

E. Laminate: Clear matte.

F. Schedule of signs:

1. Refer to Drawings and Specifications for location, quantities, types, sizes, designs, and mounting devices, posts and bases.

2. Coordinate and obtain approval from the SEPTA project manager, and SEPTA signage standards for all signs graphics to be used in this Contract.

3. All signs will comply with SEPTA signage standards, as determined by the SEPTA project manager.

2.2 PANEL SIGNS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. APCO Graphics, Inc.

2. ASI-Modulex, Inc.

3. Pannier Graphics



B. Exterior Panel Signs: Provide smooth sign panel surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner, complying with the following requirements:

1. Aluminum Sheet: 0.040 inch thick.

2. Edge Condition: Square cut.

3. Corner Condition: Square or Rounded to radius indicated on the signage schedule.

4. Mounting: As indicated.

5. Applied Vinyl: Opaque nonreflective vinyl film, 0.0035-inch thick with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing. Apply copy to aluminum sheet backing.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Fastening and Anchors:

1. Sign fabricator shall design a complete system of fastenings and anchorage devices for the various signs, as required for attachment to the various supporting structures including, but not limited to, concealed clip systems, face screws, and light/bollard/parking pole clamp systems.

2. Wherever reasonably possible, fastenings and anchorage devices shall be fully concealed and shall be vandal proof.

3. Adhesive and Double Stick Tape: Use combination of adhesive and double-stick tape for attaching metal signs to substrates. Double-stick tape holds the sign in position until the adhesive has cured. Provide products as follows:

a. Double-Stick Tape: Provide Double Coated polyfoam Mounting Tape. Foam tape shall be .079 inch thick. Tape shall conform to the following:

1) Density: 6 pcf.

2) Adhesive: 4.5 mils.

3) Adhesion: Peel Shear; 76 + hrs @ 2 psi.

4) Tensile Strength: 6 lbs/in.

5) Elongation: 300%.

b. Seal Adhesive: Provide 100% Silicone neutral cure, one component adhesive sealant, conforming to ASTM C 920. Provide sealant equal to Dow Corning 832 Plant Maintenance Sealant.



2.4 FABRICATION

A. Sign Copy: SEPTA will provide digital, full color, camera ready copy for all signfaces shown in the Drawings on the signage schedules. Prior to the start of paste-up for each sign, the Project Manager reserves the right to make copy changes.

B. The copy shall be digitally printed onto pressure sensitive vinyl film and adhered to aluminum backing material.

C. Install clear matte laminate film over entire sign face.

D. All Sign faces shall be labeled on the face of the sign and on the outside of the packaging with the sign numbers: Labels on sign-faces shall be peelable and non-marring.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. All signage shall be delivered with protective film, and packaged to protect materials from both physical and direct sunlight damages. Each box, bundle and container shall be clearly marked as to contents. Each component shall be clearly marked and keyed to shop drawings.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall be performed by contractor



Asbestos Abatement 13280-1

SECTION 13280

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this section consists of the demolition, removal, and disposal of existing construction from the areas shown on the Contract Drawings; and, as required, to execute the work of this Contract including, but not necessarily limited to complete or partial demolition and removal of the following:

1. Removal of suspect asbestos containing materials.

2. Removal of presumed asbestos containing (PACM) roofing materials.

B. Samples were collected of suspect materials in the areas to be impacted by renovations. Additional asbestos containing materials may be located in building areas not accessed during sampling. All materials listed in the USEPA’s publication “Managing Asbestos in Place,” Appendix G, are suspect and shall be require testing or special handling in accordance with this specification except as follows where samples were determined to be non-asbestos:

1. Wyndmoor Station

a. Window and Door caulking (material around window and door frames)

b. Inbound and Outbound canopy roofs

c. Roof flashing and black caulk

C. Removal of non-friable asbestos containing caulk and PACM roofing materials shall be performed in such a manner that the materials remain non-friable during the renovation. Roofing materials were not sampled and are presumed to be asbestos containing unless otherwise shown through laboratory testing. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the materials are removed without rendering the material friable.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work. Section 01045 Cutting and Patching. Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety. Section 01065 Railroad Safety Requirements. Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.



Section 02050 Demolition Attachment Document #3004 Dated 12/10

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications:

1. Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities.

2. ANSI – Standard Safety Code for Building Construction.

3. OSHA – Standards as applicable.

4. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Managing Asbestos in Place.

5. NFPA-241 – Safeguarding Construction Alteration and Demolition Operations.

6. City of Philadelphia, Department of Public Health. Removal of Friable or Rendered Friable Asbestos Containing Roof Materials, December 13, 1994.

7. City of Philadelphia, Department of Public Health. Asbestos Control Regulations, March 4, 1993.

8. National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), Subpart M – National Emission Standard for Asbestos.

9. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania:

a. Department of Labor and Industry: Asbestos Occupations Accreditation and Certification Act of 1990, No. 194 as amended by Act. No. 161 effective 2/20/99.

b. Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection Title 25 Rules and Regulations: Chapter 124, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.

c. Department of Labor and Industry: Worker and Community Right-To-Know Act 1984-159.

d. Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection: Act 97, the Solid Waste Management Act of July 7, 1980.

e. Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection Title 25 Rules and Regulations: Chapter 109, Pennsylvania Safe Drinking Water Act.

10. Document #3004 Management of Asbestos on SEPTA Property



SECTION 13280

ASBESTOS ABATEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this section consists of the demolition, removal, and disposal of existing construction from the areas shown on the Contract Drawings; and, as required, to execute the work of this Contract including, but not necessarily limited to complete or partial demolition and removal of the following:

1. Removal of suspect asbestos containing materials.

2. Removal of presumed asbestos containing (PACM) roofing materials.

B. Samples were collected of suspect materials in the areas to be impacted by renovations. Additional asbestos containing materials may be located in building areas not accessed during sampling. All materials listed in the USEPA’s publication “Managing Asbestos in Place,” Appendix G, are suspect and shall be require testing or special handling in accordance with this specification except as follows where samples were determined to be non-asbestos:

1. Wyndmoor Station

a. Window and Door caulking (material around window and door frames)

b. Inbound and Outbound canopy roofs

c. Roof flashing and black caulk

2. The Asbestos Testing Report can be found at the end of this section.

C. Removal of non-friable asbestos containing caulk and PACM roofing materials shall be performed in such a manner that the materials remain non-friable during the renovation. Roofing materials were not sampled and are presumed to be asbestos containing unless otherwise shown through laboratory testing. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the materials are removed without rendering the material friable.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work. Section 01045 Cutting and Patching. Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety.



Section 01065 Railroad Safety Requirements. Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls. Section 02050 Demolition Attachment Document #3004 Dated 12/10

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications:

1. Codes and regulations of the jurisdictional authorities.

2. ANSI – Standard Safety Code for Building Construction.

3. OSHA – Standards as applicable.

4. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Managing Asbestos in Place.

5. NFPA-241 – Safeguarding Construction Alteration and Demolition Operations.

6. City of Philadelphia, Department of Public Health. Removal of Friable or Rendered Friable Asbestos Containing Roof Materials, December 13, 1994.

7. City of Philadelphia, Department of Public Health. Asbestos Control Regulations, March 4, 1993.

8. National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), Subpart M – National Emission Standard for Asbestos.

9. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania:

a. Department of Labor and Industry: Asbestos Occupations Accreditation and Certification Act of 1990, No. 194 as amended by Act. No. 161 effective 2/20/99.

b. Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection Title 25 Rules and Regulations: Chapter 124, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.

c. Department of Labor and Industry: Worker and Community Right-To-Know Act 1984-159.

d. Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection: Act 97, the Solid Waste Management Act of July 7, 1980.

e. Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection Title 25 Rules and Regulations: Chapter 109, Pennsylvania Safe Drinking Water Act.

10. Document #3004 Management of Asbestos on SEPTA Property



1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit the following for approval:

1. Submit statements or drawings that indicate the means and methods that will be employed to remove the presumed roofing materials and other suspect materials. This should include the methods employed for adequately maintaining the non-friable conditions during the removal.

2. Landfill Records: The Contractor shall submit a letter from a permitted Hazardous Waste Facility, stating that the facility has agreed to accept the waste generated by the work; is authorized to accept the waste under laws of the State of residence; has the required capacity to treat and dispose of the materials; and will provide or ensure the ultimate disposal method indicated on Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest.


A. During the bid period, it is recommended to inspect and examine the construction site and existing construction to be removed and determine the type of renovation or demolition required or dismantlement procedure, physical conditions, and any contingency that could be encountered during the renovation or demolition procedures

B. Conduct building demolition so SEPTA’s operations will not be disrupted.

1. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to SEPTA of activities that will affect SEPTA’s operations.

2. Not later than ten (10) working days prior to commencing work, submit required written notification to the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and local authorities having project jurisdiction. Provide copies of such notifications to SEPTA.

3. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from the Project Manager.

C. Consider the safety of the work, safety of the people, and property on and adjacent to the work site when determining equipment movement and use of materials and equipment on the work site. Comply with the safety requirements specified in Sections 01060 and 01065. All work shall be undertaken in accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations, standards, codes and guidelines.

1. Where the safety of persons is endangered within or adjacent to the area of renovation or demolition work, provide protection in accordance with requirements.



D. Do not unduly inconvenience SEPTA employees by demolition activities.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Arrange renovation or demolition schedule so as not to interfere with on-site operations.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.01 GENERAL DEMOLITION

A. Demolish indicated portions of existing buildings completely in accordance with Section 02050. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Remove non-friable asbestos containing materials and presumed asbestos containing materials.

B. Control and prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of the site and avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area.

1. Use water mist and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. Do not use water when it may damage adjacent construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.

C. Remove trash and debris daily unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager and do not allow construction debris and waste materials to accumulate.

2.02 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building renovation or demolition activities. Return adjacent areas to the condition existing prior to commencement of renovation or demolition activities.



Lead Paint Removal 13285-1

SECTION 13285

LEAD PAINT REMOVAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. The work specified in this section consists of the renovation, removal, and disposal of existing construction from the areas shown on the Contract Drawings; and, as required, to execute the work of this Contract including, but not necessarily limited to complete or partial renovation and removal of the following:

1. All work which disturbs surfaces that are coated with lead based paint must be performed in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Part 1926.62, Lead Exposure in Construction; EPA 40 CFR Part 745 Lead; PA Law 291, No. 44 Lead Certification Act; and Chester County Regulations. In addition, all other applicable federal, state, and local codes, rules, and regulations must be adhered to by the Contractor.

2. The Contractor shall be aware that Lead Based Paint (LBP) has been identified within the proposed renovation project and must be familiar with the OSHA lead in construction standard and its requirements. In addition, all waste generated as part of the renovation project should be tested in order to determine the classification of waste. The USEPA defines hazardous waste as waste containing the minimum concentration of a particular contaminant identified by the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP). The USEPA regulatory level for lead (EPA Code: D008) is 5 parts per million (5 ppm).

3. The Lead Testing Report can be found at the end of this section

B. The scope of work includes the removal of lead based paint on each building that will be disturbed by the renovation and/or demolition.

1.02 RELATED WORK

Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01045 Cutting and Patching Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements and Safety Section 01065 Railroad Safety Requirements Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 02050 Demolition Section 09900 Paints and Coatings Attachment Document # 3001



1.03 REFERENCES

A. Codes, Regulations, Reference Standards and Specifications: 1. OSHA – Standards as applicable. 2. 1995 PA Law 291, No. 44 Lead Certification Act. 3. 35 Penn. Stat. § 5901 to 5916. 4. Codes and Regulations of the jurisdictional authorities. 5. Document #3001 Management of Lead Paint on SEPTA Construction Projects

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300, submit the following for approval:

1. Submit statements or drawings that indicate the means and methods that will be employed to remove the LBP. This should include the methods employed for adequately removing and disposing of the LBP.

2. Landfill Records: The Contractor shall submit a letter from a permitted Hazardous Waste Facility, stating that the facility has agreed to accept the waste generated by the work; is authorized to accept the waste under laws of the State of residence; has the required capacity to treat and dispose of the materials; and will provide or ensure the ultimate disposal method indicated on Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest.


A. During the bid period, it is recommended to inspect and examine the construction site and existing construction to be removed and determine the type of renovation or demolition required or dismantlement procedure, physical conditions, and any contingency that could be encountered during the renovation or demolition procedures.

B. SEPTA will maintain occupancy of the station buildings during the course of renovations or demolition. Conduct building renovations or demolition so SEPTA’s operations will not be disrupted.

1. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to SEPTA of activities that will affect SEPTA’s operations.

2. Provide notification of the LBP removal as necessary. Provide copies of such notifications to SEPTA.

3. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, exits, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from the Project Manager.

C. Consider the safety of the work, safety of the people, and property on and adjacent to the work site when determining equipment movement and use of materials and equipment on the work site. Comply with the safety requirements. All work shall be undertaken in



accordance with applicable federal, state, and local regulations, standards, codes, and guidelines.

1. Where the safety of persons is endangered within or adjacent to the area of renovation or demolition work, provide protection in accordance with requirements.

D. Do not unduly inconvenience SEPTA employees by renovations or demolition activities.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Arrange renovation or demolition schedule so as not to interfere with on-site operations.


A. Environmental Requirements: Protect against high and low temperatures and unfavorable environmental conditions in accordance with requirements of ACI 305R, 306R, and ACI 306.1.

PART 2 EXECUTION

2.01 GENERAL DEMOLITION

A. Demolish indicated portions of existing buildings completely in accordance with Section 02050. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:

1. Remove and dispose of LBP. Additionally, scrape and stabilize loose and flaking paint.

B. Control and prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of the site and avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding areas.

1. All surfaces shall be maintained free of accumulation of lead dust generated during renovation or demolition activities.

2. If applicable, separate and deposit all lead waste, including sealing tape, plastic sheeting, mop heads, sponge filters, and disposable clothing in double polyethylene bags of at least six (6) mils thick and seal each bag separately.

3. No equipment, supplies, or materials (except properly containerized waste materials shall be removed from the Project work area unless such equipment, supplies, and/or materials have been cleaned free of lead debris.

C. Remove trash and debris daily unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager and do not allow construction debris and waste materials to accumulate.



2.02 WORK AREA CLEANUP AND CLEARANCE

A. Clean-up procedures shall utilize HEPA-filtered vacuum systems and/or wet methods, such as mopping, wet wiping, shoveling of wet debris, etc. No dry sweeping of dust, particulate matter or debris is allowed during any phase of the work affecting lead-coated surfaces.

B. Conduct periodic inspections.

C. At the end of the demolition Project, have a certified person conduct a clearance examination and provide appropriate documentation or statements of LBP compliance.

2.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. The Contractor shall conduct the Mass Balance TCLP Testing for all waste generated during the renovation or demolition of the components coated with detectable levels of lead.

B. All waste shall be kept drummed, secured, labeled, and stored in a designated secured storage space on-site until test results categorize all waste to be hazardous or non-hazardous.

C. The lead based waste media or other debris must be stored in a manner that does not allow entry of any hazardous material into the environment. Leak-proof drums or portable bins are generally acceptable. The containers must be kept out of flood plains or areas where run-off may occur. Weather resistant labels using indelible ink warning of the potential hazard associated with the material must be placed on the containers. The containers must be keyed to the samples taken.

D. All waste, after being evaluated in accordance with the TCLP test, shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable Local, Federal, State, and/or County Regulations.

E. The Contractor shall submit a letter from a permitted Hazardous Waste Facility, stating that the facility has agreed to accept the waste generated by the work; is authorized to accept the waste under laws of the State of residence; has the required capacity to treat and dispose of the materials; and will provide or ensure the ultimate disposal method indicated on Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest.

2.04 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by building renovation or demolition activities. Return adjacent areas to the condition existing prior to commencement of renovation or demolition activities.


PUBLIC AND OPERATIONAL SAFETY DIVISION

SYSTEM SAFETY DEPARTMENT

MANAGEMENT OF LEAD PAINT

ON SEPTA CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS

PREPARED BY–SYSTEM SAFETY

Document # 3001

SEPTA SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY

PHILADELPHIA PENNSYLVANIA

1

MANAGEMENT OF LEAD PAINT

ON SEPTA CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS

INTRODUCTION

The age of SEPTA’s infrastructure provides an environment prone to the presence of lead painted

surfaces and associated lead dust. Determining the presence of lead paint at the planning/design

stage of a project is critical for a project to properly handle the lead paint in a timely and cost

effective manner. The mere presence of lead paint should not be considered a major problem for

any project. The presence of lead paint simply requires the use of additional protective measures

during the course of the project to ensure that workers and the public are not exposed and that the

generation of any lead waste is properly handled. This document is intended to serve as a guide

for all project personnel to help them understand the protocols for handling lead paint on any

project.

HEALTH HAZARDS OF LEAD

Lead is a heavy, gray soft metal. Lead was utilized in many products for many beneficial reasons.

The following are some of the benefits that lead provided when added to a product:

� Prevents Corrosion – It will not crack easily with wear, weather or temperature change

� Kills Molds and Mildew

� It is easy to shape

� It is strong -

� It can block radiation - Lead aprons used during x-rays.

� Blocks sound

� Helps Paint Dry – Lead was added to paint to quicken the drying process.

Unfortunately, lead is a dangerous poison. Lead dust particles can be very small. Lead is most

dangerous when it is in the form of a dust or fume. Lead dust or fumes are easy to breathe when

it’s in the air. Lead dust is easy to ingest if it is on anything you put in your mouth – like food,

cigarettes or fingers. Lead dust settles on surfaces and when your hands touch these surfaces you

expose yourself to hand to mouth ingestion. Prolonged or excessive exposure to lead can cause

health problems. Sources of lead contamination can be found in the following environments:

• Industrial Releases – Lead is used to make batteries, ceramics, bullets and plastics. Plant

releases of air borne lead causes pollution in the air, soil and water.

• Food - Food grown in soil that contains lead can contain lead

• Water - Natural wells or water that runs through lead pipes or lead soldered pipes can

contain lead.

2

• Lead Paint - The most common exposure at SEPTA is through old lead paint surfaces.

When lead paint gets old or damaged it creates lead dust or chips. When lead paint turns to lead dust

it is easy to breathe. It is this potential generation of dust that warrants proper steps whenever this

paint is disturbed during a renovation project. It is also the reason why certain handling methods

are more favorable than others. Individuals can significantly reduce their risk of the health effects

of lead by using good general hygiene practices and utilizing proven engineering and/or

administrative controls in their work practices.

REGULATORY BACKGROUND

The U. S. Government banned the use of lead-based paint in houses, hospitals, schools, parks,

playgrounds, and public buildings in 1978. Lead-based paint is still used on cars, boats, road

markings, industrial steel and steel furniture.

In 1992 the U. S. Congress Passed the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act, also

known as Title X. Title X requires federal agencies to establish rules about working with lead. The

three primary agencies that developed rules for working with lead are:

1. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)

2. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

HUD

Lead paint abatement is regulated by HUD for target housing. The HUD Standard does not apply

to SEPTA. The HUD standards do provide in depth criteria for various techniques for eliminating

the exposure to lead-based paints. These include component removal, encapsulation and full lead

paint abatement. While the HUD regulations do not apply to SEPTA, there may be an occasion

where encapsulation or full lead paint removal is practical on a SEPTA project and the HUD criteria

provide a good source for defining proper removal procedures.

OSHA

It is SEPTA’s responsibility to inform the contractors of the presence of lead. Once the lead is

identified and the Contractor is made aware of the presence of lead-based paint then the OSHA

regulations apply. The applicable OSHA regulation for lead exposure in construction is 29CFR

1926.62. Contractors working on SEPTA projects containing lead-based paint are required and

regulated by OSHA to provide protection to their employees when there is a potential for

exposure to lead. This protection, depending on the exposure, may include training, air

monitoring, respiratory protection, protective clothing, wash facilities and medical monitoring.

The OSHA regulation is where the Action Level (30µg/cm3) and Permissible Exposure Level

(PEL = 50µg/m3) of lead concentrations are specified. OSHA also requires that all lead debris be

cleaned from the site. Before the contractor starts to disturb any identified lead paint, they

should submit a lead work plan for review and approval. This work plan should include but is

not limited to the following:

3

� The contractors means and methods for handling the lead,

� The methods for protecting the worker (i.e. engineering controls verse personal protective

equipment like respirators)

� How will the contractor ensure the workers are not exposed to lead dust above the action

levels and permissible exposure levels set by OSHA?

� How will the contractor dispose of any lead waste

� How will the contractor protect the environment and general public?

SEPTA employees are not regulated by OSHA. However, whenever SEPTA employees are

performing similar work on lead paint, SEPTA will also utilize the OSHA regulations. This

includes medical monitoring, utilization of engineering controls, proper selection of respiratory

protection and PPE.

EPA

USEPA 40 CFR Part 261-Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) states lead containing

construction debris may meet federal requirements for categorization as hazardous waste. RCRA

regulates all solid waste products. Generators must determine whether their waste is either listed as

or characteristic of hazardous waste.

While the demolition is not an abatement, all waste associated with lead paint removal must be

measured for toxicity using the Toxic Characteristic Leaching Procedure and disposed of

accordingly.

The EPA RCRA regulations focus on the concept of cradle to grave. The generator (SEPTA) of a

hazardous waste (such as lead dust/chips) will never fully be released of liability even after the

waste is turned over to another entity. That is why it is important for SEPTA to ensure the wastes

are properly handled in accordance with the regulations and when at all possible destroyed and/or

recycled.

PaDEP

Construction & Demolition (C & D) debris containing lead paint is not federally regulated

except to the extent that solid waste landfills must follow a few basic standards outlined in

the Federal Register 40CFR Part 257. States therefore have the primary role in defining and

regulating the management of C&D debris.

Pennsylvania has established under Title 25, Article VIII of the Pa environmental

regulations for municipal waste, that building construction and demolition debris is

considered a residual waste, not a hazardous waste. Chapter 271.1 defines construction and

demolition waste to be: “Solid waste resulting from the construction or demolition of

buildings and other structures, including, but not limited to, wood, plaster, metals, asphaltic

substances, bricks, block and unsegregated concrete…” This allows painted wood and

metal structures to be disposed of without special preparation. Approved construction and

demolition waste landfills are acceptable disposal facilities for this waste.

4

Based on these regulations and confirmed in conversations with the PaDEP, lead paint is not

required to be removed from a structure prior to its demolition.

Furthermore:

• All building components including wood, metal, masonry, doors, etc. that contain

lead paint and are scheduled to be disposed of as part of the scope of the project do

not have to be analyzed for TCLP and may be disposed of as C&D debris.

• Any material that is going to be recycled must have all lead paint removed. This is

typically handled by the recycling center. For Example Structural Steel with Lead

Paint can be removed from the site and sent to a recycling center as scrap metal.

Many scrap plants will properly remove and dispose of the lead paint. It is

important to make sure the scraper is aware of the presence of lead paint and can

properly handle the lead.

AMS

The City of Philadelphia Department of Public Health, Air Management Services regulates air

emissions activities in the City of Philadelphia. As a result, Contractor’s and SEPTA are required

under the AMS regulations to prevent the release of dangerous air emissions. As part of their

permitting responsibilities, Contractor’s should submit their demolition and lead work plans to

AMS to ensure they comply with the City regulations.

DETERMINING THE PRESENCE OF LEAD

It is important to evaluate for the presence of lead during the planning/design phase of a project.

The designer’s scope of work should include this investigative service. Under emergency or

special circumstances SEPTA’s System Safety Department (hereinafter referred to as System

Safety) can sample for lead however, their annual budget for this service can not support every

SEPTA project. Sampling is usually conducted via bulk samples sent to a laboratory or through the

use of an XRF instrument that can instantly determine the presence of lead in a surface. System

Safety is available to provide guidance or assistance on the sampling protocols for each project.

If the lead paint is not identified at the time of design, the contract documents will not warn the

contractor of the presence of lead. Lead paint that is identified during the construction phase will

obviously result in change orders, increases in contract costs and delays to the project schedule.

Many projects will involve lead paint and other projects will not. The design phase of the project is

the optimum time to make this distinction.

HANDLING MATERIAL IDENTIFIED TO CONTAIN LEAD

If lead-based paint is identified, the next step is to determine how it will need to be handled. This

will vary by the specific work that is required under the general scope of the project. There are

5

typically three handling protocols that will be required on SEPTA projects (Component Removal,

Surface Preparation, Total Removal). The handling protocol used must respond to the

construction/demolition activity being performed.

COMPONENT REMOVAL

The project scope may require the demolition and removal of various existing components. These

components such as doors, windows, wood sofits, block walls may also be covered with lead-based

paint. Under this circumstance the component can be removed and disposed of as construction

demolition debris. The lead-based coating does not have to be removed prior to the removal of the

component. The contractor’s demolition methods do however have to be conducted in a manner

that controls dust and prohibits the coating from becoming air borne. If the contractor’s methods

can control the generation of dust the component can simply be removed and disposed of as C & D

Waste in a C & D landfill

If the component can be recycled (i.e. structural steel), the recycling company needs to be aware of

the lead-based paint and will be responsible to handle the coating as required for their recycling

process.

SURFACE PREPARATION

It Is OK To Do Nothing

Many of the surfaces coated with lead based paint may be required to remain as part of the scope of

the overall project. The magnitude of surface preparation is a result of final intentions for the

substrate. In some cases the scope of the project may not require a lead painted surface to be altered

in any way. In such cases it is acceptable to leave the surface as is. The presence of lead paint by it

self does not automatically necessitate the need to remove the paint.

If The Surface Needs to Be Prepared For a New Coating

In some cases the project may require the existing lead-based painted substrate to be repainted (i.e.

doors, windows or wood siding). In this case all the lead paint Does not have to be removed. It is

acceptable to remove loose paint and prepare the surface in accordance with the surface preparation

requirements of the new paint. The surface preparation should be a factor of the requirements of the

new coating and not contingent on the fact that the old surface contains lead. When surface

preparation requires the removal of all loose and flaking paint, the contractor will need to take

precautions to prohibit the generation of airborne lead dust.

If lead paint is to be removed on site the recommended method is wet scraping whenever feasible.

Burning, machine sanding, grinding, and dry scraping generate unacceptable levels of airborne lead

and require maximum worker protection and containment. Chemical striping is another acceptable

method of removal and surface preparation. If this method is utilized the contractor must submit

MSDS for any chemicals used on SEPTA property. It should also be noted that the use of chemical

strippers may not always be compatible with the new paint coating.

Another acceptable method is the use of needle guns with a shroud attached to a HEPA vacuum.

This method works well on metal and concrete if the substrate can support the impact of the tool.

6

SEPTA currently utilizes this method when repainting the old metal trolley wire support poles.

When done correctly, historical air sample results confirm this method does not generate any unsafe

air borne emissions. This is also the method of choice when lead needs to be removed from isolated

areas to allow for utility penetrations or to weld a new piece of steel to the original structure.

Sandblasting lead paint should be a last resort. Proper containment and decontamination are

required for this method. Protocols established under the HUD standards would serve as a

benchmark for proper means and methods even though SEPTA’s work is not regulated by HUD.

Under the sandblasting method System Safety will require third party area air monitoring to ensure

the integrity of the engineering controls are not presenting any public exposures. OSHA requires

that all surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulation of lead. The standard

further states that clean up of floors and other surfaces where lead accumulates shall wherever

possible, be cleaned by vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of lead becoming

airborne. Wet wiping and HEPA Vacuuming are the industry standards for proper clean-up

procedures. A visual inspection confirming proper clean-up is sufficient for clearing an area for re-

occupancy.

Encapsulation of lead paint is another acceptable method. Encapsulants are brushed or rolled on

coatings applied over the lead sealing it and providing a barrier. Many encapsulants are durable and

provide an elastic property maintaining a good seal under a variety of temperature changes. There

are numerous products that require minimum preparation and offer up to a 20 year warranty. Many

of these encapsulants can be tinted to match a specific surface color. Encapsulation has been used

successfully on many bridges and structures.

TOTAL LEAD PAINT REMOVAL

Often consultants and architects require that all of the paint is removed down to the substrate. This

approach is simply based on the aesthetic value the architect believes is brought to the final finished

product by eliminating the uneven surface and scaling appearance generated by the removing only

loose paint. This aesthetic requirement adds countless man-hours and additional costs to many

projects and is not required by any environmental regulation. Anytime full paint removal is

suggested, the project staff needs to conduct a cost comparison to determine if the end result is

justified over the added cost and time to the project. If the logistics or preference of the project staff

determines that full lead-based paint removal, in whole or in part, is needed then System Safety

recommends the following approach.

If the scope of work requires the contractor to remove all paint to bare substrate, the most cost

effective and time sensitive methods are abatement like methods as detailed in the HUD Guidelines.

The Contractor will more than likely retain the services of a certified abatement contractor. In light

of the work involved to fully remove the paint to substrate, System Safety also recommends the

utilization of a certified abatement contractor. The Contractor should provide detailed means and

methods in their Lead Work Plan to include:

� Containment methods,

� Removal methods,

� Decontamination methods,

� Methods for protecting the worker

� Detailed methods for clean up of the containment area to ensure safe re-occupancy.

7

While the contractor will be required by OSHA to conduct personal air sampling for their workers,

they will also be responsible to protect adjacent workers, the public and the environment. To

confirm the contractor’s activities do not pose an exposure to other workers or the public, System

Safety recommends conducting area samples outside the containment area during the removal

activity. These area samples should be compared against the OSHA Action level. This area

sampling, while not required by regulations, should be conducted by an independent qualified

company hired by the project. These services can be obtained by a task order to the Testing and

Environmental Services Consultant (TES) or through a separate purchase order for this service.

The independent area sampling should not be conducted by or through the Contractor as this poses a

conflict of interest. Cost for this independent sampling needs to be covered by the project budget.

System Safety does not have the financial resources to fund area sampling for construction projects.

It is true that this area sampling is not required by any regulation, however, it is a method that

enables SEPTA to confirm that the contractor’s work is not posing any exposure to the public; and

the quantifiable data provides SEPTA the information needed to dispute any claim by the public

that they were exposed during the construction activity.

There are several common methods used for total removal. Each method has pros and cons.

The use of a needle gun with a shroud attached to a HEPA vacuum is one method. This method

works well on metal and concrete if the substrate can support the impact of the tool.

The incorporation of the HEPA vacuum to collect the dust provides a process that produces minimal

exposure to the worker thereby requiring minimal PPE and offers the limited risk to surrounding

environment. The needle gun operation does an excellent job but only covers small surface areas.

As a result, it is time consuming method when covering larger surface areas.

Chemical Removal is a second method. This method of removal prevents the generation of lead

dust and allows for the coverage of larger areas and quicker removal than the needle gun. While

there is no dust generated, workers still may need respiratory protection to contend with the fumes

generated during the chemical application. The Chemical Removal process may be less effective

under colder temperatures. Chemical Removal may also not be as effective on surfaces with multi-

layers of paint. Also the residue left over after the surface is cleaned may be incompatible with

certain new coatings.

Hydro blasting is another method that can remove paint off of large surfaces with out generating

lead dust or fumes. However, the waste water needs to be captured and properly disposed of. Also

many environments may not be forgiving to the presence of water.

Abrasive Blasting (blasting with sand, walnut shells, metal beads etc.) is another method. This

method generates the most dust, involves the greatest level of PPE and respiratory protection,

requires full containment of the work environment and necessitates a method for decontamination

of the workers and work area. Abrasive blasting presents the greatest potential exposure to the

public if the containment is not properly erected. This potential exposure is why System Safety

warrants independent area sampling. Additionally, abrasive blasting requires significant clean up

protocols to ensure the work area is safe for re-occupancy before the containment is disassembled.

8

There are acceptable industry practices that should be utilized for cleaning up the work area. They

typically include a thorough HEPA Vacuum of all surfaces, followed by a wash down of the

surface using a Trisodium Phosphate (TSP) and water solution. To ensure the Contractor’s clean up

allows for safe re-occupancy, a visible inspection of the containment area should be conducted. The

containment should not be removed until the visual inspection confirms a clean area. The visual

inspection should be conducted by an independent trained individual, but not one hired by the

contractor. If the visual inspection can not definitively allow for a safe re-occupancy, an aggressive

air sample may be warranted. An aggressive air sample is conducted after the clean up is

complete and consists of air samples taken inside the containment area while air is blown

throughout the area usually via a leaf blower. For purposes of confirming a clean environment these

samples should be below the OSHA action level.

DISPOSING OF THE LEAD WASTE

As stated above, the EPA regulates the disposal of residual and hazardous waste. As a result,

SEPTA is required to ensure that the disposal of lead waste generated during construction

activity is conducted in accordance with the RCRA regulations. The disposal requirement will

vary based on the work method utilized to handle the lead.

COMPONENT REMOVAL

Under component removal, where the lead paint is still affixed to the component, the waste has

been classified by the PaDEP as acceptable C & D debris and can be disposed of in a C & D

Landfill if recycling is not an option.

SURFACE REMOVAL/ TOTAL REMOVAL

Most surface preparation methods will generate paint chips and/or dust. The contractor is required

to properly collect this material and have it analyzed. All waste associated with lead paint removal

must be measured for toxicity using the Toxic Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) and

disposed of accordingly. If the TCLP analysis indicated Hazardous levels of lead (>5mg/Kg) the

Contractor and SEPTA will have to generate the proper disposal documentation forms. The

Contractor will generate a Hazardous Material Manifest defining the quantity and type of hazardous

waste anticipated to be disposed. In order to complete the manifest, the Contractor will need an

EPA Facility ID number and a Generator’s signature. Most of SEPTA’s maintenance shops

already have EPA Facility ID numbers, which System Safety can provide upon request. For

unique locations like a bridge or a station, a Temporary ID number will be utilized. System Safety

will coordinate with the EPA to obtain this Temporary ID number on behalf of the project. This

process usually takes about 3 days. The project staff simply needs to contact System Safety and

request this number.

If the TCLP results do not indicate hazardous levels of lead, then the waste can be disposed of as

a residual waste. A chain of custody form will still need to be generated and a SEPTA

employee on the project staff will still need to sign off as the Generator.

9

In addition to the paint chips and dust, containment material (i.e. Polyethylene plastic sheeting)

and protective clothing (i.e. tyvek suits and gloves) will be required to be packaged with the lead

waste for proper disposal.

Where water is utilized to control dust or in a hydro blast procedure, the waste water can not be

disposed of in the Municipal system or to ground unless it has been determine that lead levels in

the water meet the allowable levels for that type of disposal. If the lead levels in the water do

not allow for disposal in the municipal system or ground, the waste water needs to be properly

recycled.


Glass Block Infill Panels 13342-1

SECTION 13342

GLASS BLOCK INFILL PANELS

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 Description

A. This section includes the fabrication and delivery of pre-assembled glass block infill panels as specified herein and in the drawings.

B. The contractor shall supply all materials and labor for a complete project, which shall include,

but not necessarily be limited to glass block units, anodized grid system, stainless steel fasteners, caulks, tapes, and other items required for a complete structural and watertight installation.

1.02 References

International Building Code, Latest Edition ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM A380 - Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment and Systems ASTM A967 - Standard Specification for Chemical Passivation Treatments for Stainless Steel Parts ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes ASTM B766 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium ASTM F593 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws and Studs ASTM F594 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts

AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association

AAMA 606.1-76 Voluntary Guide Specification and Inspection Methods for Integral Color Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.

ANSI 316 - Type 316 Stainless Steel

1.03 Related Work

A. Section 01010 – Summary of Work B. Section 01300 – Submittals



C. Section 05090 – Miscellaneous Fasteners D. Section 09960 – High Performance Coatings – Anodizing

1.04 Submittals

A. Submit under the provisions of Section 01300 Submittals. B. Solid Glass Blocks

1. Submit (2) samples of each type of standard glass unit illustrating size variations,

design, and face pattern. These samples may be used in the mock-up. 2. Submit (4) copies of manufacturer's product data.

C. Glass Block Grid System

1. Submit for review and approval, a full-scale mockup of grid system: 18"x18" min. Mockup shall show at least one complete opening of aluminum grid members fastened to a solid substrate on two sides. Substrate need not be steel HSS. Mockup shall show material finishes, fastener pattern, sealants, backer rods and shims between grid system and substrate. Mockup shall include at least (1) glass block unit. Approved mockup shall serve as quality standard for final construction. Refer to notes and drawings this sheet.

2. Submit (3) 6" samples of each type of glazing tape, caulk, backer rod, and stainless steel fasteners.

3. Submit (4) copies of shop drawings: a. Shop drawings shall include plans, elevations, sections and details of the system.

All welds, sealants and anchor details shall be clearly indicated. b. Note gauges of brake metal, finishes of frames and hardware and dimensions (if

applicable) of work to be performed by other trades. c. Label fastening devices as to type and spacing.

4. Product Data - Submit (4) copies of each of the following:

a. Product literature, catalog cuts, MSDS and specifications for grid system, foam

tapes, backer rods, sealants and fasteners. b. Submit proposed manufacturer's catalog cuts and specifications that clearly

illustrate and describe the submitted wall system. c. Provide installation instructions for setting the grid system into the structure and

for setting the glass units into the grid system. d. Provide manufacturers' standard finishes and color information for all products for

the SEPTA Project Manager to select from.

D. Manufacturer of aluminum grid system shall provide back-up engineering calculations, which support their system design per conformance to code and design criteria as described in the specification and drawings. All support data including but not limited to shop drawings and



structural calculations must be prepared and sealed by a Pennsylvania licensed structural engineer. The support data, shop drawings and calculations must be submitted to SEPTA for review and approval prior to fabrication.

1.05 Quality Assurance

A. The manufacturer for this project must demonstrate experience in the manufacture of aluminum framed systems of the general type and function as shown on the contract drawings and specified herein.

1.06 Warranty

A. The manufacturer of the grid system shall provide a warranty for five years against frame failure.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials

A. Glass Block Infill Panels

1. Solid Glass Blocks a. 8"x8"x1-1/2" Clear, Solid Glass Blocks. b. Glass Block Units shall not have the additive Mirabilite.

2. Glass Block Grid System

a. Pre-Assembled NSL System as manufactured by Extech-Voegele, 200 Bridge

St., Pittsburgh, PA 15223, (800) 500-8083, or approved equal. b. The contract drawings are based on Extech-Voegele systems; as a means to

establish a set of minimum standards and quality. Other systems may be acceptable and shall be considered.

c. The structural grid shall be composed of extruded aluminum members (6065 or 6105, T-5 or T-6). Once the grid and glass block units are assembled they shall be structurally drawn together using a stainless steel threaded rod at key locations to hold the blocks and grid system together for shipping and installation. The threaded stainless steel rod shall be an integral part of the finished design/system and the entire assembly shall be fabricated at the factory. The grid and glass block panel system shall be designed to slip into and fasten to a steel windscreen frame.

d. The extruded members shall have no sharp edges. e. The horizontal and vertical members shall fasten to each other in a manner that

requires no tools, or simple hand tools. Site welding shall not be accepted. f. The leading edges of the grid extrusions shall be recessed 3/8" max behind the

faces of the glass units on the exterior side. g. The grid shall accommodate a minimum 1/8" perimeter sub-grid or sealant joint

around each glass unit.



h. Dissimilar metals shall be isolated from each other using gaskets or other suitable materials to protect against galvanic reactions.

3. Fasteners

a. Bolts, anchors and other fastening devices shall be of approved types as required for the strength of the connections and shall be suitable for the conditions encountered. Washers shall be of the same metals as the fasteners.

b. Exposed fasteners shall be 316 series stainless steel and shall utilize stainless steel washers with neoprene seals.

c. Exposed fasteners shall be of a vandal resistant design, requiring specialized tools for assembly.

d. Fasteners shall be stainless steel tek screws. Refer to section 05090 for details. e. All fasteners for the glass block infill panels shall be supplied by the system

manufacturer.

4. Finish – Refer to Section 09960 a. Color shall be clear anodized

5. Sealant

a. #795 as manufactured by Dow Corning Corp. 2200 W. Salzburg Rd. Midland, MI

48686, (989) 496-4000, or approved equal. b. Sealant color shall be clear.

6. Foam Tape

a. VHB Series 4952, Low Surface Energy Double Sided Foam Tape as

manufactured by 3M, 3M Center, St. Paul, MN 55144-1000, (888) 364-3577, or approved equal.

7. Backer Rods a. All construction seals shall be backed by self-expanding closed cell polyethylene

rods oversized 50% of joint width of a type recommended by the sealant manufacturer as being compatible with the sealant.

2.02 Fabrication – Performance Characteristics

A. Integral Grid Framing 1. Design, engineer and fabricate per IBC for a basic wind speed (3 sec. gust) of 95 mph,

Exposure Category B, Importance Category II. 2. Design of framing system shall provide for expansion and contraction of component

materials caused by a surface temperature range of -10 degrees F to 120 degrees F, without causing excessive buckling stresses on the glass block infill, failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements of the structure or any reduction in system performance.



3. The system shall be designed to be watertight at design pressure. Only condensate water shall be allowed to appear on the interior or framing members.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 Shipping

A. All glass block infill panels shall be factory assembled. B. Prior to delivery, verify that steel frame openings and grid system dimension are compatible

for installation. C. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work prior to delivery. D. Package, label and deliver all components in marked containers/boxes with all items keyed to

installation layout drawings and instructions. E. Provide protective film on all aluminum grid pieces. F. Provide sufficient packing and protection to minimize damage during shipping and handling.

3.02 Installation

A. Installation shall be by manufacturer’s instructions

3.03 Field Quality Requirements

A. Manufacturer's Field Services 1. Manufacturer shall provide phone support as required.

END OF SECTION